TW201810397A - Method of manufacturing semiconductor chips - Google Patents

Method of manufacturing semiconductor chips Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201810397A
TW201810397A TW106109327A TW106109327A TW201810397A TW 201810397 A TW201810397 A TW 201810397A TW 106109327 A TW106109327 A TW 106109327A TW 106109327 A TW106109327 A TW 106109327A TW 201810397 A TW201810397 A TW 201810397A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
groove
section
width
front side
tip
Prior art date
Application number
TW106109327A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI597768B (en
Inventor
皆見健史
村田道昭
山崎憲二
大塚勤
Original Assignee
富士全錄股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2014227665A external-priority patent/JP5773050B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2014227664A external-priority patent/JP5773049B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2014237293A external-priority patent/JP2016096321A/en
Application filed by 富士全錄股份有限公司 filed Critical 富士全錄股份有限公司
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI597768B publication Critical patent/TWI597768B/en
Publication of TW201810397A publication Critical patent/TW201810397A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)

Abstract

A method of manufacturing semiconductor chips includes: forming grooves on a front face side of a substrate; and forming grooves on a back face side of the substrate as defined herein, and in manufacturing conditions in which a variation range of a top section of the cutting member having a tapered tip end shape with no top face in the groove width direction changes from a range included in the groove on the front face side to a range away from the groove on the front face side as wear of the cutting member advances, the use of the cutting member is stopped before the variation range changes from the range included in the groove on the front face side to the range away from the groove on the front face side.

Description

製造半導體晶片之方法 Method for manufacturing semiconductor wafer

本發明係關於製造半導體晶片之方法。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer.

已被提出的一種切晶方法,其能夠在不減小晶片之數目的情況下提高晶片之良率,藉由使用第一刀片自藍寶石基板之正面側形成第一凹槽且接著藉由使用第二刀片自背面側形成比第一凹槽寬且比第一凹槽深的第二凹槽可自單一基板獲取晶片(JP-A-2003-124151)。也被提出的一種增加半導體晶片之數目的方法,晶片可藉由使用雷射輻射自晶圓之正面形成凹槽至其厚度之中間且接著藉由使用刀片自晶圓之背面切割晶圓至藉由雷射輻射形成之凹槽之位置而形成於晶圓上(JP-A-2009-88252)。 A crystal cutting method has been proposed which can increase the yield of a wafer without reducing the number of wafers, by forming a first groove from the front side of a sapphire substrate using a first blade and then by using a first Two blades form a second groove wider than the first groove and deeper than the first groove from the back side, and a wafer can be obtained from a single substrate (JP-A-2003-124151). A method of increasing the number of semiconductor wafers has also been proposed. The wafers can be formed by using laser radiation to form grooves from the front side of the wafer to the middle of its thickness and then by using a blade to cut the wafer from the back side of the wafer to The position of the groove formed by the laser radiation is formed on the wafer (JP-A-2009-88252).

已知的一種製造半導體晶片之方法,該方法具備形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟。利用此製造方法,在使具有若干μm至十幾μm之寬度且形成於正面側及背面側上的精細凹槽彼此連通時的一些情況下半導體晶片會斷裂,且並未清楚地理解何種斷裂係由何種原因所引 起。因此,何種製造條件應被用於抑制斷裂尚屬未知,使得此製造方法無法適用於大量生產的過程。 A known method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer is provided with a step of forming grooves on the front side of a substrate and using a width from the back side of the substrate having an entrance portion having a width larger than that of the grooves on the front side A step of forming a groove on the back side in communication with the grooves on the front side and dicing the substrate into a semiconductor wafer by rotating the cutting member with a thickness of one thick. With this manufacturing method, the semiconductor wafer is broken in some cases when fine grooves having a width of several μm to several ten μm and formed on the front side and the back side communicate with each other, and it is not clearly understood what kind of break What is the reason Up. Therefore, it is unknown what manufacturing conditions should be used to suppress fracture, making this manufacturing method unsuitable for mass production processes.

因此,本發明係欲提供一種製造能夠抑制上述製造方法中之半導體晶片之斷裂的半導體晶片之方法。 Therefore, the present invention is intended to provide a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer capable of suppressing breakage of the semiconductor wafer in the above-mentioned manufacturing method.

本發明之第一態樣係針對一種製造半導體晶片之方法,其包含:形成一基板之一正面側上之凹槽的一步驟;及自該基板之一背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該基板之該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,其中在該切割構件的具有不具頂面之一楔形尖端形狀之一頂部區段在該凹槽寬度方向上之一變動範圍隨著該切割構件之磨損增加而自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的一範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的一範圍的製造條件中,在該變動範圍自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍之前,停止該切割構件之使用。 A first aspect of the present invention is directed to a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, which includes: a step of forming a groove on a front side of a substrate; One of the thicknesses of the entrance portions of the grooves is one-thick and one of the thickness of the rotary cutting member forms a groove on the back side of the substrate in communication with the grooves on the front side and cuts the substrate into a semiconductor wafer A step in which a range of variation of a top section of the cutting member having a wedge-shaped tip shape without a top surface in the width direction of the groove is included in the front side as the wear of the cutting member increases In a manufacturing condition in which a range in the groove above is changed away from a range in the groove on the front side, the range of change is changed from the range included in the groove on the front side to away from The use of the cutting member is stopped before the range of the groove on the front side.

本發明之第二態樣係針對一種製造半導體晶片之方法,其包含:形成一基板之一正面側上之凹槽的一步驟;及自該基板之一背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該基板之該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,其中在該切割構件的具有不具頂面之一楔形尖端形狀之一頂部區段在該凹槽寬度方向上之一變動範圍隨著該切割構件之磨損增加而自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的一範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的一範圍的製造條件中,在該切割構件之尖端形狀形成為最大應力施加在該頂部區段之一區域處且該正面側上之該凹槽之周邊由於該切割構件之磨損 而斷裂的一楔形形狀之前,停止該切割構件之使用。 A second aspect of the present invention is directed to a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, including: a step of forming a groove on a front side of a substrate; and using a material having a lower thickness than that on the front side from a back side of the substrate. One of the thicknesses of the entrance portions of the grooves is one-thick and one of the thickness of the rotary cutting member forms a groove on the back side of the substrate in communication with the grooves on the front side and cuts the substrate into a semiconductor wafer A step in which a range of variation of a top section of the cutting member having a wedge-shaped tip shape without a top surface in the width direction of the groove is included in the front side as the wear of the cutting member increases In a manufacturing condition in which a range in the groove above is changed away from a range in the groove on the front side, a tip shape of the cutting member is formed such that a maximum stress is applied at an area of the top section and The periphery of the groove on the front side due to wear of the cutting member The use of the cutting member is discontinued before breaking a wedge shape.

本發明之第三態樣係針對一種製造半導體晶體之方法,其包含:形成一基板之一正面側上之凹槽的一步驟;及自該基板之一背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該基板之該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,其中在該切割構件之一尖端區段之一厚度方向中心之一變動範圍變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽且該正面側上之該凹槽之周邊由於來自歸因於磨損已漸縮的該切割構件之一頂部區段一區域之一應力而斷裂的製造條件中,在該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊的斷裂率隨著該切割構件之磨損增加而開始升高之前,停止該切割構件之使用。 A third aspect of the present invention is directed to a method for manufacturing a semiconductor crystal, including: a step of forming a groove on a front side of a substrate; and using a material having a lower thickness than that on the front side from a back side of the substrate. One of the thicknesses of the entrance portions of the grooves is one-thick and one of the thickness of the rotary cutting member forms a groove on the back side of the substrate in communication with the grooves on the front side and cuts the substrate into a semiconductor wafer A step in which a range of variation in a thickness direction center of a tip section of the cutting member becomes far away from the groove on the front side and a periphery of the groove on the front side is due to In a manufacturing condition in which abrasion is gradually reduced and one of the top section and one region of the cutting member is broken by stress, the fracture rate of the periphery of the groove on the front side starts as the wear of the cutting member increases Before raising, stop using the cutting member.

本發明之第四態樣係針對根據本發明之第一至第三態樣中之任一者的製造半導體晶片之方法,其中基於該切割構件之使用量與該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊處的斷裂率之間的一預定關係來停止該切割構件之使用。 A fourth aspect of the present invention is directed to the method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer according to any one of the first to third aspects of the present invention, wherein the method is based on the amount of the cutting member and the amount of the groove on the front side. A predetermined relationship between the fracture rates at the periphery stops the use of the cutting member.

藉由本發明之第一至第四態樣,可在具備以下步驟的製造半導體晶片之方法中抑制該等半導體晶片之斷裂:形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟。 With the first to fourth aspects of the present invention, it is possible to suppress breakage of semiconductor wafers in a method of manufacturing semiconductor wafers having the following steps: a step of forming a groove on the front side of a substrate, and a back surface of the substrate The side uses a rotating cutting member having a thickness that is thicker than the width of the entrance portion of the grooves on the front side to form grooves on the back side that communicate with the grooves on the front side and A step of dicing a substrate into a semiconductor wafer.

100‧‧‧發光元件 100‧‧‧Light-emitting element

120‧‧‧切割區域 120‧‧‧ cutting area

130‧‧‧光阻圖案 130‧‧‧Photoresist pattern

140‧‧‧正面側面上之凹槽/精細凹槽 140‧‧‧Groove / Fine Groove on Front Side

160‧‧‧切晶帶 160‧‧‧ cut crystal band

170‧‧‧背面側上之凹槽 170‧‧‧Groove on the back side

180‧‧‧紫外線射線 180‧‧‧ ultraviolet rays

190‧‧‧擴展帶 190‧‧‧extension tape

200‧‧‧紫外線射線 200‧‧‧ ultraviolet rays

210‧‧‧半導體晶片 210‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer

220‧‧‧緊固構件 220‧‧‧ Fastening member

230‧‧‧電路板 230‧‧‧Circuit Board

300‧‧‧切晶刀片 300‧‧‧cut crystal blade

300A‧‧‧切晶刀片 300A‧‧‧Cutting Blade

302‧‧‧切晶刀片 302‧‧‧cut crystal blade

310‧‧‧側面 310‧‧‧ side

320‧‧‧側面 320‧‧‧ side

330‧‧‧彎曲面 330‧‧‧ curved surface

332‧‧‧彎曲面 332‧‧‧curved surface

340‧‧‧平坦面/頂面 340‧‧‧Flat / Top

350‧‧‧倒角區段 350‧‧‧Chamfered Section

352‧‧‧彎曲面 352‧‧‧curved surface

360‧‧‧倒角區段 360‧‧‧Chamfered Section

362‧‧‧彎曲面 362‧‧‧curved surface

370‧‧‧彎曲面 370‧‧‧curved surface

400‧‧‧階梯形區段 400‧‧‧ stepped section

410‧‧‧根區域 410‧‧‧root zone

500‧‧‧切晶刀片 500‧‧‧cut crystal blade

500A‧‧‧切晶刀片 500A‧‧‧Cutting Blade

502‧‧‧切晶刀片 502‧‧‧cut crystal blade

502A‧‧‧切晶刀片 502A‧‧‧Cutting Blade

504‧‧‧切晶刀片 504‧‧‧cut crystal blade

504A‧‧‧切晶刀片 504A‧‧‧Cutting Blade

506‧‧‧切晶刀片 506‧‧‧cut crystal blade

506A‧‧‧切晶刀片 506A‧‧‧Cutting Blade

508‧‧‧切晶刀片 508‧‧‧cut crystal blade

508A‧‧‧切晶刀片 508A‧‧‧Cutting Blade

510‧‧‧側面 510‧‧‧ side

512‧‧‧傾斜面 512‧‧‧inclined surface

514‧‧‧傾斜面 514‧‧‧inclined

520‧‧‧側面 520‧‧‧side

522‧‧‧傾斜面 522‧‧‧inclined

524‧‧‧傾斜面 524‧‧‧inclined

530‧‧‧尖的頂部區段 530‧‧‧ pointed top section

532‧‧‧平坦面 532‧‧‧ flat surface

532A‧‧‧平坦面 532A‧‧‧ flat surface

534‧‧‧尖的頂部區段 534‧‧‧ pointed top section

534A‧‧‧平坦面 534A‧‧‧flat surface

536‧‧‧尖的頂部區段 536‧‧‧ pointed top section

536A‧‧‧平坦面 536A‧‧‧ flat surface

600‧‧‧平坦支撐基底 600‧‧‧ flat support base

610‧‧‧塑形板 610‧‧‧Shaped Plate

620‧‧‧馬達 620‧‧‧Motor

630‧‧‧切晶刀片 630‧‧‧cut crystal blade

640‧‧‧夾盤 640‧‧‧chuck

700‧‧‧虛線 700‧‧‧ dotted line

710‧‧‧實線 710‧‧‧solid line

720‧‧‧斷裂 720‧‧‧ fracture

800‧‧‧精細凹槽 800‧‧‧fine groove

800A‧‧‧精細凹槽 800A‧‧‧Fine groove

800B‧‧‧精細凹槽 800B‧‧‧Fine groove

800C‧‧‧精細凹槽 800C‧‧‧fine groove

810‧‧‧第一凹槽部分 810‧‧‧First groove part

820‧‧‧第二凹槽部分 820‧‧‧Second groove part

830‧‧‧矩形第二凹槽部分 830‧‧‧ Rectangular second groove part

840‧‧‧第二凹槽部分 840‧‧‧Second groove part

900‧‧‧光阻 900‧‧‧Photoresist

910‧‧‧開口 910‧‧‧ opening

920‧‧‧保護膜 920‧‧‧protective film

D1‧‧‧第一凹槽部分深度 D1‧‧‧ Depth of the first groove part

D2‧‧‧第二凹槽部分深度 D2‧‧‧Second groove part depth

Ds‧‧‧位置偏差量 Ds‧‧‧Position deviation

F‧‧‧由切晶刀片施加之力 F‧‧‧ Force exerted by the crystal cutting blade

H‧‧‧面 H‧‧‧face

K‧‧‧切晶刀片之厚度之中心 K‧‧‧ Center of thickness

M‧‧‧裕度 M‧‧‧ Margin

Q‧‧‧軸線 Q‧‧‧ axis

r‧‧‧曲率半徑 r‧‧‧curvature radius

S‧‧‧恆定空間 S‧‧‧constant space

Sa‧‧‧精細凹槽之寬度 Sa‧‧‧Fine groove width

Sa1‧‧‧第一凹槽部分寬度 Sa1‧‧‧The first groove part width

Sa2‧‧‧第二凹槽部分寬度 Sa2‧‧‧Second groove part width

Sb‧‧‧截口寬度 Sb‧‧‧cut width

T‧‧‧階梯形區段之所要厚度 T‧‧‧ Required thickness of stepped section

W‧‧‧半導體基板 W‧‧‧ semiconductor substrate

Wh‧‧‧階梯形部分之寬度 Wh‧‧‧Width of stepped section

Wt‧‧‧階梯之寬度 Wt‧‧‧step width

X‧‧‧方向 X‧‧‧ direction

Y‧‧‧方向 Y‧‧‧ direction

Z‧‧‧方向 Z‧‧‧ direction

θ‧‧‧傾角 θ‧‧‧ inclination

本發明之例示性具體例將基於以下圖式詳細地加以描述,其中: 圖1為展示根據本發明之一實例之半導體晶片製造過程之實例的流程圖;圖2A、圖2B、圖2C及圖2D為示意性截面圖,每一者展示根據本發明之實例之半導體晶片製造過程中的半導體基板;圖3E、圖3F、圖3G、圖3H及圖3I為示意性截面圖,每一者展示根據本發明之實例之半導體晶片製造過程中的半導體基板;圖4為展示當電路形成完成時的半導體基板(晶圓)的示意性平面圖;圖5A為說明切晶刀片之切割操作的截面圖,且圖5B、圖5C、圖5D、圖5E及圖5F為展示根據此實例之切晶刀片之尖端區段的放大截面圖,且圖5G為展示供一般完全切晶之用的切晶刀片之尖端區段的放大截面圖;圖6A為展示用於模擬之切晶刀片之尖端區段的放大截面圖,圖6B為展示當使用圖6A中所示之切晶刀片時形成於半導體基板中的凹槽之形狀的截面圖,且圖6C及圖6D為展示用於模擬之切晶刀片之尖端區段的放大截面圖,尖端區段之曲率半徑為r=0.5及r=12.5;圖7為展示模擬時的切晶刀片之尖端區段的曲率半徑與產生於階梯形區段之拐角區段中的應力值之間的關係的曲線圖;圖8為展示模擬時的切晶刀片之尖端區段的曲率半徑與最大應力值之間的關係的曲線圖;圖9A為說明施加至階梯形區段之拐角區段之應力的截面圖,且圖9B為說明階梯形區段由於產生於階梯形區段之拐角區段中的應力而斷裂之實例的截面圖;圖10為說明當使用圖5B中所示之切晶刀片時施加至階梯形區段 之應力的視圖;圖11A為展示當凹槽140之中心與凹槽170之中心一致時的階梯形區段的截面圖,且圖11B為展示當位置偏差已出現在凹槽140之中心與凹槽170之中心之間時的階梯形區段的截面圖;圖12A、圖12B、圖12C及圖12D為說明用於關於位置偏差之模擬的四種切晶刀片的視圖;圖13為展示關於階梯形區段上之位置偏差量及截口寬度之影響之模擬的結果的曲線圖;圖14為展示當截口寬度Sb很窄且位置偏差量Ds大時最大應力產生所在的位置之實例的視圖;圖15為展示當實際基板係使用截口寬度Sb及尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑不同的各種切晶刀片切割時的實驗之結果的視圖;圖16為展示為確認正面側上之凹槽之寬度的差異對階梯形區段之斷裂的影響及階梯形區段之厚度的差異對階梯形區段之斷裂的影響而進行的實驗之結果的視圖;圖17為說明根據本發明之實例的設計可用於製造半導體晶片之方法的切晶刀片之尖端形狀的方法的流程圖;圖18為說明根據本發明之實例的設定正面側上之凹槽之寬度之方法的流程圖;圖19為說明根據本發明之實例的選擇製造裝置之方法的流程圖;圖20為說明根據本發明之實例的設定正面側上之凹槽之寬度的方法及選擇製造裝置之方法的其他實例的流程圖;圖21A、圖21B、圖21C、圖21D及圖21E為展示根據本發明之實例的切晶刀片之尖端區段之實例的放大截面圖; 圖22為說明根據本發明之實例的用於處理切晶刀片之尖端形狀之第一處理方法的流程圖;圖23A為展示用於處理切晶刀片之尖端形狀且可適用於本發明之實例的處理裝置之實例的示意性平面圖,且圖23B為展示該處理裝置的示意性截面圖;圖24A、圖24B及圖24C為展示圖21A、圖21B、圖21C、圖21D及圖21E中所示之切晶刀片的頂部區段經處理以使其漸縮程度變得較小的實例的視圖;圖25為說明根據本發明之實例的用於處理切晶刀片之尖端形狀之第二處理方法的流程圖;圖26為說明切晶刀片之尖端區段之磨損與階梯形區段之斷裂之間的關係的截面圖;圖27A、圖27B、圖27C及圖27D為展示根據本發明之實例的精細凹槽之典型組構的截面圖;圖28為說明根據本發明之實例的形成精細凹槽之製造方法的流程圖;且圖29A及圖29B為展示藉由使用根據本發明之實例之製造方法來製造精細凹槽之過程的示意性截面圖。 Illustrative specific examples of the present invention will be described in detail based on the following drawings, wherein: FIG. 1 is a flowchart showing an example of a semiconductor wafer manufacturing process according to an example of the present invention; FIGS. 2A, 2B, 2C, and 2D are schematic cross-sectional views, each showing a semiconductor wafer according to an example of the present invention Semiconductor substrate in the manufacturing process; FIGS. 3E, 3F, 3G, 3H, and 3I are schematic cross-sectional views, each showing a semiconductor substrate in a semiconductor wafer manufacturing process according to an example of the present invention; and FIG. 4 is a display A schematic plan view of a semiconductor substrate (wafer) when circuit formation is completed; FIG. 5A is a cross-sectional view illustrating a cutting operation of a crystal cutting blade, and FIGS. 5B, 5C, 5D, 5E, and 5F are shown according to this An enlarged cross-sectional view of a tip section of an example of a crystal cutting blade, and FIG. 5G is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a tip section of a cutting blade for general full-cutting; FIG. 6A is a view illustrating a cutting blade for simulation FIG. 6B is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the tip section. FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view showing the shape of a groove formed in the semiconductor substrate when the dicing blade shown in FIG. 6A is used, and FIGS. 6C and 6D are shown for simulation. The tip of the dicing blade The enlarged sectional view of the segment, the radius of curvature of the tip segment is r = 0.5 and r = 12.5; Figure 7 shows the radius of curvature of the tip segment of the crystal cutting blade and the corner segment generated in the stepped segment during simulation A graph showing the relationship between the stress values in the graph; Figure 8 is a graph showing the relationship between the radius of curvature of the tip section of the crystal cutting blade and the maximum stress value during the simulation; Figure 9A is a diagram illustrating the application to the stepped region A cross-sectional view of the stress of a corner section of a segment, and FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example where the stepped section is broken due to the stress generated in the corner section of the stepped section; FIG. 10 is a view illustrating when FIG. 5B is used Applied to the stepped section when the dicing blade shown in FIG. 11A is a cross-sectional view showing a stepped section when the center of the groove 140 is consistent with the center of the groove 170, and FIG. 11B is a view showing when a position deviation has occurred in the center and the groove of the groove 140 A cross-sectional view of a stepped section when between the centers of the grooves 170; FIGS. 12A, 12B, 12C, and 12D are views illustrating four kinds of crystal cutting blades used for simulation of position deviation; FIG. 13 is a view showing A graph of the results of the simulation of the effect of the position deviation amount and the cut width on the stepped section; FIG. 14 shows an example where the maximum stress occurs when the cut width Sb is narrow and the position deviation Ds is large. View; FIG. 15 is a view showing the results of an experiment when the actual substrate is cut using various dicing blades having different cutting widths Sb and a radius of curvature of the tip corner section; FIG. 16 is a view showing confirmation of a groove on the front side A view of the results of experiments conducted on the effect of the difference in the width of the stepped section and the effect of the difference in the thickness of the stepped section on the stepped section; FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of the present invention. Design available FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating a method of setting the width of a groove on the front side according to an example of the present invention; FIG. 19 is a flowchart illustrating a method according to the present invention; A flowchart of a method of selecting a manufacturing device according to an example of the invention; FIG. 20 is a flowchart illustrating another example of a method of setting a width of a groove on the front side and a method of selecting a manufacturing device according to an example of the invention; 21B, 21C, 21D, and 21E are enlarged cross-sectional views showing an example of a tip section of a crystal cutting blade according to an example of the present invention; 22 is a flowchart illustrating a first processing method for processing a tip shape of a crystal cutting blade according to an example of the present invention; FIG. 23A is a diagram illustrating an example of a tip shape for processing a crystal cutting blade and applicable to the present invention. A schematic plan view of an example of a processing device, and FIG. 23B is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the processing device; FIGS. 24A, 24B, and 24C are shown in FIGS. 21A, 21B, 21C, 21D, and 21E. View of an example in which the top section of the dicing blade is processed so that its degree of taper becomes smaller; FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating a second processing method for processing the tip shape of the dicing blade according to an example of the present invention Flow chart; FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the relationship between the wear of the tip section of the crystal cutting blade and the fracture of the stepped section; FIG. 27A, FIG. 27B, FIG. 27C, and FIG. A cross-sectional view of a typical configuration of a fine groove; FIG. 28 is a flowchart illustrating a manufacturing method of forming a fine groove according to an example of the present invention; and FIGS. 29A and 29B show manufacturing by using an example according to the present invention Method to make fine A schematic sectional view of a groove of the processes.

根據本發明的一製造半導體晶片之方法係應用於藉由分割(切晶)上面形成有例如複數個半導體元件之諸如半導體晶圓的基板形狀構件來製造個別半導體晶片之方法。形成於基板上之半導體元件並無特定限制且包括發光元件、主動式元件、被動式元件...等。在一較佳模式中,根據本發明之製造方法係應用於自基板取出含有發光 元件之半導體晶片的方法,且發光元件可為例如表面發射半導體雷射、發光二極體及發光閘流體。單一半導體晶片可含有單一發光元件或可含有配置成陣列之複數個發光元件,且可另外含有用於驅動此單一發光元件或複數個發光元件之驅動電路。此外,基板可為由例如矽、SiC、化合物半導體及藍寶石製成之基板,且亦可使用由其他材料製成之基板,其條件為基板至少含有半導體(以下統稱為半導體基板)。較佳地,基板為由III-V化合物(諸如GaAs)製成、其上形成諸如表面發射半導體雷射、發光二極體之發光元件之半導體基板。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer according to the present invention is applied to a method of manufacturing individual semiconductor wafers by dividing (cutting) a substrate-shaped member such as a semiconductor wafer having a plurality of semiconductor elements formed thereon, for example. The semiconductor element formed on the substrate is not particularly limited and includes a light emitting element, an active element, a passive element, etc. In a preferred mode, the manufacturing method according to the present invention is applied to take out light from a substrate containing light. The method of semiconductor wafer of the device, and the light-emitting device may be, for example, a surface-emitting semiconductor laser, a light-emitting diode, and a light-emitting gate fluid. A single semiconductor wafer may contain a single light emitting element or may include a plurality of light emitting elements arranged in an array, and may further include a driving circuit for driving the single light emitting element or a plurality of light emitting elements. In addition, the substrate may be a substrate made of, for example, silicon, SiC, compound semiconductor, and sapphire, and a substrate made of other materials may be used, provided that the substrate contains at least a semiconductor (hereinafter collectively referred to as a semiconductor substrate). Preferably, the substrate is a semiconductor substrate made of a III-V compound (such as GaAs), on which a light emitting element such as a surface emitting semiconductor laser, a light emitting diode is formed.

下面將參照附圖式說明在一半導體基板上形成複數個發光元件且自該半導體基板取出個別半導體晶片之方法。由於圖式中所示之比例及形狀會為了易於理解本發明之特性而被強調,應注意圖式中所示的器件之比例及形狀未必相同於實際器件之比例及形狀。 A method of forming a plurality of light emitting elements on a semiconductor substrate and taking out individual semiconductor wafers from the semiconductor substrate will be described below with reference to the drawings. Since the proportions and shapes shown in the drawings are emphasized for easy understanding of the characteristics of the present invention, it should be noted that the proportions and shapes of the devices shown in the drawings may not be the same as those of the actual devices.

圖1為展示根據本發明之一實例之半導體晶片製造過程之實例的流程圖。如圖1中所示,根據該實例的製造半導體晶片之方法包括形成發光元件之一步驟(S100)、形成一光阻圖案之一步驟(S102)、在一半導體基板之正面上形成精細凹槽之一步驟(S104)、移除該光阻圖案之一步驟(S106)、將一切晶帶附接至該半導體基板之正面之一步驟(S108)、自該半導體基板之背面執行半切晶之一步驟(S110)、將紫外線(UV)射線照射至該切晶帶且將一擴展帶附接至該半導體基板之背面之一步驟(S112)、移除該切晶帶且將紫外線射線照射至該擴展帶之一步驟(S114)及挑選半導體晶片且在一電路板或類似者上執行晶粒安裝之一步驟(S116)。圖2A至圖2D及圖3E至圖3I中展示半導體基板的截面圖分別對應於步驟S100至S116。 FIG. 1 is a flowchart showing an example of a semiconductor wafer manufacturing process according to an example of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer according to this example includes a step (S100) of forming a light emitting element, a step (S102) of forming a photoresist pattern, and forming a fine groove on a front surface of a semiconductor substrate. One step (S104), one step of removing the photoresist pattern (S106), one step of attaching all crystal ribbons to the front surface of the semiconductor substrate (S108), one of performing half-cutting crystals from the back surface of the semiconductor substrate Step (S110), one step of irradiating ultraviolet (UV) rays to the dicing tape and attaching an extension tape to the back surface of the semiconductor substrate (S112), removing the dicing tape and irradiating ultraviolet rays to the One step of expanding the tape (S114) and one step of selecting a semiconductor wafer and performing die mounting on a circuit board or the like (S116). The cross-sectional views of the semiconductor substrate shown in FIGS. 2A to 2D and FIGS. 3E to 3I correspond to steps S100 to S116, respectively.

在形成發光元件之步驟(S100),如圖2A中所示,複數 個發光元件100形成於由例如GaAs製成之半導體基板W之正面上。發光元件100為表面發射半導體雷射、發光二極體、發光閘流體等。儘管在圖中被指為發光元件100的是單一區域,但應注意,單一發光元件100作為一實例表示包含於個別化單一半導體晶片中之元件,且不僅是單一發光元件,複數個發光元件及其他電路元件亦可包含於單一發光元件100之區域。 In the step (S100) of forming a light emitting element, as shown in FIG. 2A, a plurality of Each light emitting element 100 is formed on the front surface of a semiconductor substrate W made of, for example, GaAs. The light-emitting element 100 is a surface-emitting semiconductor laser, a light-emitting diode, a light-emitting gate fluid, or the like. Although it is referred to as a single area of the light emitting element 100 in the figure, it should be noted that the single light emitting element 100 as an example represents an element included in a single semiconductor wafer, and is not only a single light emitting element, a plurality of light emitting elements, Other circuit elements may be included in the area of the single light-emitting element 100.

圖4為展示當形成發光元件之步驟完成時的半導體基板W之實例的平面圖。在該圖中,為方便起見,僅展示位於中心部分處之發光元件100作為實例。在半導體基板W之正面上,複數個發光元件100在矩陣方向上以陣列形成。單一發光元件100之平坦區域具有近似矩形之形狀,且各別發光元件100係以柵格形狀配置以便被藉由以恆定空間S隔開之切割道或類似者界定之切割區域120分開。 FIG. 4 is a plan view showing an example of the semiconductor substrate W when the step of forming a light emitting element is completed. In the figure, for convenience, only the light emitting element 100 located at the center portion is shown as an example. On the front surface of the semiconductor substrate W, a plurality of light emitting elements 100 are formed in an array in a matrix direction. The flat regions of the single light-emitting element 100 have an approximately rectangular shape, and the individual light-emitting elements 100 are arranged in a grid shape so as to be separated by a cutting region 120 separated by a cutting track or the like separated by a constant space S.

接下來,當發光元件之形成完成時,在半導體基板W之正面上形成光阻圖案(在S102)。如圖2B中所示,光阻圖案130經處理以使得半導體基板W之正面上的藉由切割道或類似者界定之切割區域120曝露。光阻圖案130之處理係在光微影步驟執行。 Next, when the formation of the light emitting element is completed, a photoresist pattern is formed on the front surface of the semiconductor substrate W (at S102). As shown in FIG. 2B, the photoresist pattern 130 is processed to expose a cutting area 120 on the front surface of the semiconductor substrate W defined by a dicing track or the like. The photoresist pattern 130 is processed in a photolithography step.

接下來,在半導體基板W之正面上形成精細凹槽(在S104)。如圖2C中所示,具有恆定寬度之精細凹槽(為了方便以下稱之為精細凹槽或正面側上之凹槽)140藉由使用光阻圖案130作為遮罩而形成於半導體基板W之正面上。此等種類之凹槽可例如藉由非等向性蝕刻形成,且較佳地可藉由充當非等向性乾式蝕刻之非等向性電漿蝕刻(反應性離子蝕刻)形成。儘管薄的切晶刀片或等向性蝕刻亦可用以形成凹槽,但非等向性乾式蝕刻可比等向性蝕刻在正面側上形成更窄且更深之凹槽,且可比使用切晶刀片之方法更有效地抑制振動、應力等 對於在精細凹槽周圍之發光元件100的影響,藉此係較佳的。精細凹槽140之寬度Sa幾乎等於形成於光阻圖案130中之開口的寬度且在例如若干μm至十幾μm之範圍中。較佳地,寬度Sa為大致3μm至大致15μm。此外,凹槽之深度在例如大致10μm至大致100μm之範圍中,且使得該深度至少比功能元件(諸如發光元件)形成所在之深度深。較佳地,微凹槽140之深度為大致30μm至大致80μm。在精細凹槽140係藉由使用普通切晶刀片形成的狀況下,切割區域120之空間S(亦即,藉由切晶刀片自身獲得之總的凹槽寬度及考慮到剝落量之裕度寬度)變大,至多為大致40至80μm。另一方面,在精細凹槽140形成於半導體製程中的狀況下,可使得凹槽寬度較窄,且亦可使得用於切割之裕度寬度比使用切晶刀片的狀況下之裕度寬度窄。換言之,可使得切割區域120之空間較小,由此發光元件可以高密度配置於晶圓上且將獲取之半導體晶片之數目可增加。該實例中之「正面側」係指諸如發光元件之功能元件形成所在之面之側,且「背面側」係指在「正面側」之相反側上的面之側。 Next, a fine groove is formed on the front surface of the semiconductor substrate W (at S104). As shown in FIG. 2C, a fine groove having a constant width (hereinafter referred to as a fine groove or a groove on the front side for convenience) 140 is formed on the semiconductor substrate W by using the photoresist pattern 130 as a mask. On the front. These kinds of grooves can be formed, for example, by anisotropic etching, and preferably can be formed by anisotropic plasma etching (reactive ion etching) serving as anisotropic dry etching. Although thin dicing blades or isotropic etching can also be used to form grooves, anisotropic dry etching can form narrower and deeper grooves on the front side than isotropic etching, and can be more effective than using dicing blades Method to more effectively suppress vibration, stress, etc. For the influence of the light emitting element 100 around the fine groove, it is preferable. The width Sa of the fine groove 140 is almost equal to the width of an opening formed in the photoresist pattern 130 and is in a range of, for example, several μm to several ten μm. Preferably, the width Sa is approximately 3 μm to approximately 15 μm. Further, the depth of the groove is, for example, in a range of approximately 10 μm to approximately 100 μm, and the depth is made at least deeper than a depth at which a functional element such as a light emitting element is formed. Preferably, the depth of the micro-groove 140 is approximately 30 μm to approximately 80 μm. In the case where the fine groove 140 is formed by using an ordinary crystal cutting blade, the space S of the cutting area 120 (that is, the total groove width obtained by the crystal cutting blade itself and the margin width considering the peeling amount ) Becomes large, at most approximately 40 to 80 μm. On the other hand, in the case where the fine groove 140 is formed in a semiconductor process, the groove width can be made narrower, and the margin width for cutting can be made narrower than that in the case where a dicing blade is used. . In other words, the space of the dicing region 120 can be made smaller, so that the light-emitting elements can be arranged on the wafer at a high density and the number of semiconductor wafers to be obtained can be increased. The "front side" in this example refers to the side of the face on which a functional element such as a light emitting element is formed, and the "back side" refers to the side of the face on the opposite side of the "front side".

接下來,移除該光阻圖案(在S106)。如圖2D中所示,當光阻圖案130自半導體基板之正面移除時,沿著切割區域120形成之精細凹槽140在正面上曝露。精細凹槽140之形狀細節將稍後描述。 Next, the photoresist pattern is removed (at S106). As shown in FIG. 2D, when the photoresist pattern 130 is removed from the front surface of the semiconductor substrate, the fine grooves 140 formed along the cutting area 120 are exposed on the front surface. Details of the shape of the fine groove 140 will be described later.

接下來,附接一紫外線固化切晶帶(在S108)。如圖3E中所示,具有黏接層之切晶帶160經附接至發光元件之側。接著,自基板之背面側使用切晶刀片沿著精細凹槽140執行半切晶(在S110)。切晶刀片係藉由其中紅外線攝影機安置在基板之背面側上方且精細凹槽140之位置係使用透射穿過基板之紅外線射線間接地偵測之方法、藉由其中攝影機安置在基板之正面側上方且精細凹槽140之位置係直 接偵測之方法或藉由其他已知方法定位。基於此種定位,如圖3F中所示,半切晶係使用切晶刀片執行且凹槽170形成於半導體基板之背面側上。凹槽170具有達到形成於半導體基板之正面上之精細凹槽140的深度。精細凹槽140的寬度會比藉由切晶刀片形成於背面側上之凹槽170的寬度窄。這是因為在具有比背面側上之凹槽170的寬度窄的寬度之精細凹槽140形成的狀況下,可自單一晶圓獲取之半導體晶片之數目相較於半導體基板係僅使用切晶刀片切割的狀況得以增加。首先,若圖2C中所示的具有在若干μm至十幾μm之範圍中之深度的精細凹槽可自半導體基板之正面至背面形成,則不需要使用切晶刀片在背面側上形成凹槽。然而,不容易形成具有此深度之精細凹槽。因此,如圖3F中所示,使用切晶刀片的自背面之半切晶係結合蝕刻進行。 Next, an ultraviolet-cured dicing tape is attached (at S108). As shown in FIG. 3E, the dicing tape 160 having an adhesive layer is attached to the side of the light emitting element. Next, a half-cut crystal is performed along the fine groove 140 using a dicing blade from the back side of the substrate (at S110). The crystal cutting blade is indirectly detected by using an infrared camera disposed above the back side of the substrate and the position of the fine groove 140 is indirectly using infrared rays transmitted through the substrate. The camera is disposed above the front side of the substrate. And the position of the fine groove 140 is straight Use detection methods or locate by other known methods. Based on such positioning, as shown in FIG. 3F, the half-cut crystal system is performed using a dicing blade and the groove 170 is formed on the back side of the semiconductor substrate. The groove 170 has a depth reaching the fine groove 140 formed on the front surface of the semiconductor substrate. The width of the fine groove 140 may be narrower than the width of the groove 170 formed on the back side by a crystal cutting blade. This is because the number of semiconductor wafers that can be obtained from a single wafer under the condition where the fine grooves 140 having a narrower width than the width of the grooves 170 on the back side is formed, compared with the semiconductor substrate system using only dicing blades The state of cutting is increased. First, if a fine groove having a depth in a range of several μm to a dozen μm shown in FIG. 2C can be formed from the front surface to the back surface of the semiconductor substrate, it is not necessary to use a dicing blade to form the groove on the back surface side. . However, it is not easy to form a fine groove having this depth. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 3F, the half-cut crystal system from the back surface using the dicing blade is combined with etching.

接下來,將紫外線(UV)射線照射至切晶帶且附接一擴展帶(在S112)。如圖3G中所示,紫外線射線180被照射至切晶帶160,該帶之黏接層藉此而硬化。接著,將擴展帶190附接至半導體基板之背面。 Next, ultraviolet (UV) rays are irradiated to the dicing tape and an extended tape is attached (at S112). As shown in FIG. 3G, the ultraviolet ray 180 is irradiated to the dicing tape 160, and the adhesive layer of the tape is thereby hardened. Next, the extension tape 190 is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor substrate.

接下來,移除切晶帶且將紫外線射線照射至擴展帶(在S114)。如圖3H中所示,切晶帶160係自半導體基板之正面移除。此外,紫外線射線200被照射至基板之背面上之擴展帶190,該帶之黏接層藉此而硬化。基底材料具有彈性之擴展帶190經拉伸以便有助於在切晶之後已個別化之半導體晶片之拾取,發光元件之間的空間藉此而延伸。 Next, the cut band is removed and ultraviolet rays are irradiated to the extended band (at S114). As shown in FIG. 3H, the dicing tape 160 is removed from the front surface of the semiconductor substrate. In addition, the ultraviolet ray 200 is irradiated to the extension tape 190 on the back surface of the substrate, and the adhesive layer of the tape is thereby hardened. The expansion band 190 having elasticity of the base material is stretched to facilitate picking up of individualized semiconductor wafers after dicing, thereby extending the space between the light emitting elements.

接下來,執行個別化半導體晶片之挑選及晶粒安裝(在S116)。如圖3I中所示,已自擴展帶190挑選之半導體晶片210係經由緊固構件220(例如,導電膏,諸如黏著劑或焊料)安裝於電路板230 上。 Next, individual semiconductor wafer selection and die mounting are performed (at S116). As shown in FIG. 3I, the semiconductor wafer 210 that has been selected from the expansion tape 190 is mounted on the circuit board 230 via a fastening member 220 (for example, a conductive paste such as an adhesive or solder). on.

接下來,將在下文描述使用切晶刀片之半切晶的細節。圖5A為當使用切晶刀片如圖3F中所示地執行半切晶時的截面圖。 Next, details of the half-cut crystal using the dicing blade will be described below. FIG. 5A is a cross-sectional view when a half-cut crystal is performed as shown in FIG. 3F using a crystal cutting blade.

如上所述,在半導體基板W之正面上形成複數個發光元件100,且各別發光元件100藉由以例如恆定間隔S隔開之切割道界定的切割區域120分開。在切割區域120中,具有寬度Sa之精細凹槽140係藉由非等向性蝕刻形成。另一方面,切晶刀片300為如圖5A中所示的圍繞軸線Q旋轉之圓盤形狀切割構件且具有對應於凹槽170之截口寬度Sb的厚度。切晶刀片300在半導體基板W外定位於平行於半導體基板W之背面的方向上。另外,切晶刀片300在垂直於半導體基板W之背面的方向Y上移動一預定量,藉此定位於半導體基板W之厚度方向上以使得階梯形區段400具有所需之厚度T。此外,在定位之後,在切晶刀片300旋轉之同時至少切晶刀片300或半導體基板W在水平於半導體基板W之背面的方向上移動,凹槽170藉此形成於半導體基板W中。由於截口寬度Sb大於精細凹槽140之寬度Sa,當凹槽170達到精細凹槽140時,具有厚度T之懸臂式屋簷形狀階梯形區段400由於寬度Sb與寬度Sa之間的差而形成。若切晶刀片300之中心與精細凹槽140之中心完全一致,則在水平方向上延伸之階梯形區段400的長度為(Sb-Sa)/2。 As described above, a plurality of light-emitting elements 100 are formed on the front surface of the semiconductor substrate W, and the individual light-emitting elements 100 are separated by the cutting regions 120 defined by the cutting lines separated by a constant interval S, for example. In the cutting region 120, the fine groove 140 having a width Sa is formed by anisotropic etching. On the other hand, the dicing blade 300 is a disc-shaped cutting member that rotates about the axis Q as shown in FIG. 5A and has a thickness corresponding to the cut width Sb of the groove 170. The dicing blade 300 is positioned outside the semiconductor substrate W in a direction parallel to the rear surface of the semiconductor substrate W. In addition, the dicing blade 300 is moved by a predetermined amount in a direction Y perpendicular to the back surface of the semiconductor substrate W, thereby being positioned in the thickness direction of the semiconductor substrate W so that the stepped section 400 has a desired thickness T. In addition, after positioning, at least the dicing blade 300 or the semiconductor substrate W moves in a direction horizontal to the back surface of the semiconductor substrate W while the dicing blade 300 rotates, whereby the groove 170 is formed in the semiconductor substrate W. Since the cut width Sb is greater than the width Sa of the fine groove 140, when the groove 170 reaches the fine groove 140, a cantilevered eaves-shaped stepped section 400 having a thickness T is formed due to the difference between the width Sb and the width Sa . If the center of the dicing blade 300 is exactly the same as the center of the fine groove 140, the length of the stepped section 400 extending in the horizontal direction is (Sb-Sa) / 2.

A)尖端區段之說明 A) Explanation of the tip section

圖5B至圖5F係展示作為根據本發明之實例的示例之切晶刀片300之尖端區段A的放大截面圖,且圖5G係展示用於一般完全切晶之切晶刀片之尖端區段A的放大截面圖。用於一般完全切晶之 切晶刀片300A的尖端區段具有在一側上之側面310、在其相對側上之側面320及如圖5G中所示的幾乎正交於側面310及320之平坦面340。換言之,自旋轉方向檢視,尖端區段具有矩形截面。另一方面,切晶刀片300之尖端區段具有楔形形狀,其中切晶刀片300之厚度在朝著切晶刀片300之尖端區段中之頂部區段的方向上逐漸變得更薄,例如,如圖5B至圖5F中所示。 5B to 5F are enlarged sectional views showing the tip section A of the crystal cutting blade 300 as an example of an example according to the present invention, and FIG. 5G is showing the tip section A of the crystal cutting blade used for general full crystal cutting Enlarged sectional view. For general complete cutting The tip section of the crystal cutting blade 300A has a side surface 310 on one side, a side surface 320 on the opposite side thereof, and a flat surface 340 almost orthogonal to the side surfaces 310 and 320 as shown in FIG. 5G. In other words, viewed from the direction of rotation, the tip section has a rectangular cross section. On the other hand, the tip section of the dicing blade 300 has a wedge shape, in which the thickness of the dicing blade 300 gradually becomes thinner toward the top section of the tip section of the dicing blade 300, for example, As shown in Figures 5B to 5F.

在實例中,「頂部區段」為切晶刀片之最頂部分,且在圖5B、圖5D及圖5E中所示之情況下,頂部區段為最頂點。此外,在圖5C及圖5F中所示之形狀的情況下,頂部區段除了微小不規則處以外為平坦面,且平坦面被稱為「頂部面」。具有切晶刀片300之尖端區段之厚度朝著頂部區段變得較小之部分的形狀被稱作「楔形」形狀。圖5B至圖5F全部展示楔形形狀之實例。 In the example, the "top section" is the topmost part of the dicing blade, and in the cases shown in Figs. 5B, 5D, and 5E, the top section is the topmost point. In addition, in the case of the shapes shown in FIG. 5C and FIG. 5F, the top section is a flat surface except for small irregularities, and the flat surface is referred to as a "top surface". The shape of the portion having the tip portion of the dicing blade 300 that becomes smaller toward the top portion is referred to as a "wedge shape" shape. 5B to 5F all show examples of the wedge shape.

圖5B至圖5G中所示之各別形狀為當半導體基板之切割在大批生產過程中執行時的初始形狀。換言之,圖5B至圖5F中所示的根據實例之切晶刀片300初步具有此等形狀作為大批生產過程中的初始形狀。另外,儘管具有圖5G中所示之矩形形狀且用於一般完全切晶的尖端區段在其初始狀態下具有矩形形狀,但尖端區段隨著切晶刀片連續地使用而磨成如圖5B至圖5D中所示的具有此等彎曲面330之楔形形狀。 The respective shapes shown in FIGS. 5B to 5G are initial shapes when the cutting of the semiconductor substrate is performed in a mass production process. In other words, the dicing blade 300 according to the example shown in FIGS. 5B to 5F initially has these shapes as an initial shape in a mass production process. In addition, although the tip section having a rectangular shape as shown in FIG. 5G and used for general complete dicing has a rectangular shape in its initial state, the tip section is ground as the dicing blade is continuously used as shown in FIG. 5B The wedge-shaped shape having such curved surfaces 330 shown in Fig. 5D.

圖5B中所示之實例具有一對側面310及320及設置於該對側面310及320之間的彎曲面330。更具體言之,該對側面310及320之間的距離為對應於截口寬度Sb之寬度,且尖端區段具有在側面310與側面320之間的半圓形彎曲面330,但不具有如圖5C及圖5F中所示的該等頂部面340。圖5C中所示之實例具有在圖5B及圖5G中 所示之形狀之間的中間形狀且在其尖端拐角區段處具有頂面340及彎曲面330。圖5D中所示之實例不具有頂面340,但具有彎曲面330,該等彎曲面之曲率半徑大於圖5B及圖5C中所示之尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑,且具有小於彎曲面330的曲率半徑之曲率半徑的彎曲面370形成於頂部區段之位置處。在圖5B至圖5D中所示之彎曲面330中,切晶刀片300之厚度朝著切晶刀片300之頂部區段變得較小。 The example shown in FIG. 5B has a pair of side surfaces 310 and 320 and a curved surface 330 disposed between the pair of side surfaces 310 and 320. More specifically, the distance between the pair of sides 310 and 320 is a width corresponding to the cut width Sb, and the tip section has a semicircular curved surface 330 between the side 310 and the side 320, but does not have The top surfaces 340 shown in FIGS. 5C and 5F. The example shown in FIG. 5C is shown in FIGS. 5B and 5G. The shape shown is intermediate between the shapes and has a top surface 340 and a curved surface 330 at its tip corner section. The example shown in FIG. 5D does not have a top surface 340, but has curved surfaces 330, which have a radius of curvature greater than the radius of curvature of the tip corner section shown in FIGS. 5B and 5C, and have a radius smaller than the curved surface 330. The curved surface 370 of the radius of curvature is formed at the position of the top section. In the curved surface 330 shown in FIGS. 5B to 5D, the thickness of the dicing blade 300 becomes smaller toward the top section of the dicing blade 300.

在圖5E中所示之實例中,彎曲面370形成於兩個倒角區段350與360之間。另在此狀況下,並不會如圖5D之情況形成頂部區段340。在圖5F中所示之實例中,對置之側面310及320形成,頂面340設置於側面310與側面320之間,且倒角區段350及360形成於頂面340與側面310及320之間。此外,彎曲面352形成於倒角區段350與頂面340之間的拐角區段處,且彎曲面362形成於倒角區段360與頂面340之間的拐角區段處。 In the example shown in FIG. 5E, a curved surface 370 is formed between the two chamfered sections 350 and 360. In this case, the top section 340 is not formed as in the case of FIG. 5D. In the example shown in FIG. 5F, the opposite side surfaces 310 and 320 are formed, the top surface 340 is disposed between the side surface 310 and the side surface 320, and the chamfered sections 350 and 360 are formed on the top surface 340 and the side surfaces 310 and 320. between. In addition, a curved surface 352 is formed at a corner section between the chamfered section 350 and the top surface 340, and a curved surface 362 is formed at a corner section between the chamfered section 360 and the top surface 340.

除非另有說明,根據實例之切晶刀片之尖端區段可僅具有楔形形狀而非圖5G中所示的尖端區段之矩形形狀並且可不具有頂面。此外,圖5B至圖5F中所示的根據實例之切晶刀片300之尖端區段具有相對於圖5D中所示之切晶刀片300之厚度之中心K線性地對稱的形狀。然而,除非另有說明,尖端區段並非始終需要具有線性對稱之形狀,且頂部區段(頂面)之位置可在切晶刀片300之厚度方向上偏離。 Unless otherwise stated, the tip section of the crystal cutting blade according to the example may have only a wedge shape instead of the rectangular shape of the tip section shown in FIG. 5G and may not have a top surface. In addition, the tip section of the dicing blade 300 according to the example shown in FIGS. 5B to 5F has a shape that is linearly symmetrical with respect to the center K of the thickness of the dicing blade 300 shown in FIG. 5D. However, unless otherwise stated, the tip section does not always need to have a linearly symmetric shape, and the position of the top section (top surface) may be deviated in the thickness direction of the crystal cutting blade 300.

B)模擬之說明及實驗之結果 B) Explanation of simulation and results of experiments

接下來,在具有在若干μm至十幾μm之範圍中之寬度的精細凹槽相互連通之情況,以下將描述為確認何種斷裂係由何種原 因引起而進行的模擬及實驗。 Next, in the case where fine grooves having a width in a range of several μm to a dozen μm are connected to each other, the following will be described as confirming what kind of fracture system is caused by which Caused simulations and experiments.

B-1)關於尖端形狀之模擬的說明 B-1) Explanation of simulation of tip shape

圖6A至圖6D、圖7及圖8係用於說明為掌握切晶刀片之尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑與施加至階梯形區段之應力之間的關係而進行之模擬及用於說明模擬之結果的視圖。圖6A展示用於模擬之切晶刀片302之實例。圖6A展示自切晶刀片302之旋轉方向檢視的尖端區段之截面形狀。如圖6A中所示,切晶刀片302之尖端區段具有側面310及320、具有恆定長度之頂面340及具有曲率半徑r且形成於頂面340與側面310及320之間的彎曲面330,且尖端區段經組構以使其對於與旋轉軸線正交之線為對稱。 FIGS. 6A to 6D, FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 are used for explaining the simulation performed for grasping the relationship between the radius of curvature of the tip corner section of the cutting blade and the stress applied to the stepped section, and for explaining the simulation View of the results. FIG. 6A shows an example of a dicing blade 302 for simulation. FIG. 6A shows the cross-sectional shape of the tip section viewed from the rotation direction of the self-cutting crystal blade 302. As shown in FIG. 6A, the tip section of the dicing blade 302 has sides 310 and 320, a top surface 340 having a constant length, and a curved surface 330 having a radius of curvature r and formed between the top surface 340 and the sides 310 and 320. And the tip section is configured so that it is symmetrical to a line orthogonal to the axis of rotation.

圖6B展示在使用圖6A中所示的具有尖端形狀之切晶刀片302之情況下形成於半導體基板中之凹槽的形狀。如圖中所示,歸因於基板之正面側上之凹槽140之側面的位置與基板之背面側上之凹槽170的位置之間的差異,具有寬度Wt之階梯產生於正面側上之凹槽140的垂直側面與背面側上之凹槽170的垂直側面之間,且具有厚度T之屋簷形狀區域(亦即,階梯形區段400)係藉由此階梯形成。換言之,階梯形區段400為形成於正面側上之凹槽140及背面側上之凹槽170的連接區段處的階梯與半導體基板之正面之間的部分。 FIG. 6B shows the shape of a groove formed in the semiconductor substrate in the case where the dicing blade 302 having a tip shape shown in FIG. 6A is used. As shown in the figure, due to the difference between the position of the side of the groove 140 on the front side of the substrate and the position of the groove 170 on the back side of the substrate, a step having a width Wt is generated on the front side Between the vertical side of the groove 140 and the vertical side of the groove 170 on the back side, an eaves-shaped region having a thickness T (ie, the stepped section 400) is formed by this step. In other words, the stepped section 400 is a portion between the step formed at the connection section of the groove 140 on the front side and the groove 170 on the back side and the front surface of the semiconductor substrate.

在此模擬中,當切晶刀片302中之彎曲面330之曲率半徑r(μm)變為r=0.5、r=2.5、r=5.0、r=7.5、r=10.0及r=12.5時,藉由模擬計算施加至階梯形區段400之應力的值。切晶刀片302之厚度為25μm。圖6C展示r=0.5下的尖端區段之形狀,且圖6D展示r=12.5下的尖端區段之形狀。圖6D中所示之尖端區段具有半圓形形狀, 其中尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑為切晶刀片302之厚度的1/2。待處理之基板為GaAs基板。正面側上之凹槽140之寬度為5μm,階梯形區段400之厚度T為40μm,且設定經進行以使得2mN之負載在自背面側上之凹槽170至基板之正面側的方向上施加至階梯形區段400。此外,模擬係在正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的中心與切晶刀片302之厚度的中心對準的狀態下進行。 In this simulation, when the curvature radius r (μm) of the curved surface 330 in the crystal cutting blade 302 becomes r = 0.5, r = 2.5, r = 5.0, r = 7.5, r = 10.0, and r = 12.5, borrow The value of the stress applied to the stepped section 400 is calculated by simulation. The thickness of the dicing blade 302 is 25 μm. FIG. 6C shows the shape of the tip section at r = 0.5, and FIG. 6D shows the shape of the tip section at r = 12.5. The tip section shown in FIG. 6D has a semi-circular shape, The radius of curvature of the tip corner section is 1/2 of the thickness of the dicing blade 302. The substrate to be processed is a GaAs substrate. The width of the groove 140 on the front side is 5 μm, the thickness T of the stepped section 400 is 40 μm, and the setting is performed so that a load of 2 mN is applied in a direction from the groove 170 on the back side to the front side of the substrate To the stepped section 400. In addition, the simulation is performed in a state where the center of the width of the groove 140 on the front side is aligned with the center of the thickness of the dicing blade 302.

圖7中所示之曲線圖展示模擬之結果且展示當尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑經改變時施加至階梯形區段400之應力的值的變化。在該曲線圖中,縱軸表示應力值[Mpa],且橫軸表示當使用圖6B中所示的正面側上之凹槽140之中心作為原點時的X座標。根據該曲線圖,在每一曲率半徑r中,應力隨著X座標變得更接近12.5μm而變得較大,亦即,應力隨著尖端拐角區段由背面上之凹槽170之中心變得接近於階梯形區段400之根側而變得較大。另外,可發現隨著曲率半徑r之值變得較大,施加至階梯形區段400之根側的應力降低且應力之上升變得更和緩。換言之,在用於此時所進行之模擬中的尖端形狀之範圍中,亦即,在尖端形狀具有小於圖6D中所示之半圓形尖端區段之漸縮程度之漸縮程度的情況下,最大應力出現在階梯形區段400之根側上。此外,在尖端形狀為如圖6D中所示之半圓形之情況下施加至階梯形區段400之根側的應力小於尖端形狀為圖6C中所示之幾乎矩形之情況下的應力。換言之,施加至階梯形區段400之根側的應力隨著漸縮程度較大而變得較小。此外,在尖端形狀為如圖6C中所示的幾乎矩形之情況下(例如,在r=0.5的情況下,在X座標一直到大致11μm之範圍中),應力小於曲率半徑r較大之情況下的應力。然而,在超過上述範圍之範圍中(亦即,在較接近根部之部分),應力突然變得較大,且已 發現,應力集中在X座標中接近於12.5μm之位置之部分處。 The graph shown in FIG. 7 shows the results of the simulation and shows the change in the value of the stress applied to the stepped section 400 when the radius of curvature of the tip corner section is changed. In this graph, the vertical axis represents the stress value [Mpa], and the horizontal axis represents the X coordinate when the center of the groove 140 on the front side shown in FIG. 6B is used as the origin. According to the graph, in each radius of curvature r, the stress becomes larger as the X coordinate becomes closer to 12.5 μm, that is, the stress changes with the tip corner section from the center of the groove 170 on the back surface It becomes larger near the root side of the stepped section 400. In addition, it was found that as the value of the radius of curvature r becomes larger, the stress applied to the root side of the stepped section 400 decreases and the increase in stress becomes more gradual. In other words, in the range of the tip shape used in the simulation performed at this time, that is, in the case where the tip shape has a taper degree smaller than that of the semicircular tip section shown in FIG. 6D The maximum stress occurs on the root side of the stepped section 400. Further, the stress applied to the root side of the stepped section 400 in the case where the tip shape is semicircular as shown in FIG. 6D is smaller than the stress in the case where the tip shape is almost rectangular as shown in FIG. 6C. In other words, the stress applied to the root side of the stepped section 400 becomes smaller as the degree of taper becomes larger. In addition, in a case where the tip shape is almost rectangular as shown in FIG. 6C (for example, in the case of r = 0.5, in the range of X coordinate up to approximately 11 μm), the stress is smaller than the case where the radius of curvature r is large Under stress. However, in a range exceeding the above range (that is, in a portion closer to the root), the stress suddenly becomes larger, and It was found that the stress was concentrated at a portion of the X coordinate close to 12.5 μm.

接下來,圖8展示橫軸上之曲率半徑與縱軸上之最大應力值之間的關係。在此曲線圖中,除圖7中所示之曲率半徑r之值外模擬並在r=25μm及r=50μm下執行,且亦包括並顯示模擬之結果。在曲率半徑r大於半圓形形狀之曲率半徑12.5(例如,25μm或50μm)的情況下,尖端形狀具有例如如圖5D中所示之較大漸縮程度。根據此曲線圖,隨著曲率半徑r較小,亦即,隨著尖端形狀更接近於矩形形狀,最大應力值變得較高,且最大應力視曲率半徑r之變化的改變程度亦突然地變得較大。相反地,最大應力值隨著曲率半徑r增加而降低,且最大應力視曲率半徑r之變化的改變程度變得較低。在12.5μm及50μm之曲率半徑範圍中,亦即,在楔形形狀不具有如圖6D及圖5D中所示之頂面的頂面之範圍中,可發現最大應力值之變化幾乎恆定。 Next, FIG. 8 shows the relationship between the radius of curvature on the horizontal axis and the maximum stress value on the vertical axis. In this graph, in addition to the values of the curvature radius r shown in FIG. 7, simulations are performed at r = 25 μm and r = 50 μm, and the results of the simulation are also included and displayed. In the case where the radius of curvature r is larger than the radius of curvature of the semicircular shape 12.5 (for example, 25 μm or 50 μm), the tip shape has a large degree of taper as shown in FIG. 5D, for example. According to this graph, as the radius of curvature r is smaller, that is, as the tip shape becomes closer to a rectangular shape, the maximum stress value becomes higher, and the degree of change in the maximum stress depending on the change in the radius of curvature r suddenly changes. Get bigger. Conversely, the maximum stress value decreases as the radius of curvature r increases, and the degree of change in the maximum stress depending on the change in the radius of curvature r becomes lower. In the range of the curvature radii of 12.5 μm and 50 μm, that is, in the range of the top surface where the wedge shape does not have the top surface as shown in FIGS. 6D and 5D, it can be found that the change in the maximum stress value is almost constant.

半導體晶片如何被斷裂之機制將根據上述模擬之結果參看圖9A、圖9B、圖11A及圖11B加以描述。如圖9A中所示,在尖端區段具有如切晶刀片300A中之矩形形狀的情況下(在曲率半徑r之值很小的情況下),切晶刀片300A之頂面340在具有截口寬度Sb之凹槽170自半導體基板之背面形成時壓緊半導體基板。儘管由切晶刀片300A施加之力F完全施加至階梯形區段400,但假定施加至階梯形區段400之力F由於槓桿原理而集中於階梯形區段400之根側區域(根區域410)上。接著,當集中於根區域410上之應力超過晶圓之斷裂應力時,應力造成如圖9B中所示的階梯形區段400之根區域410之斷裂(剝落、開裂或撬剔)。若斷裂出現在階梯形區段400處,則用於階梯形區段400之切割的裕度M需要被確保;此意謂切割區域120之空間S 需要等於或大於裕度M。根據圖8中所示的模擬之結果,當將r=0.5之情況下的應力與r=12.5之情況下的應力進行比較時,在前一情況下施加至階梯形區段400之根區域410的應力係不同的,亦即,幾乎為後一情況下的四倍。這表示在曲率半徑r之值小於如圖5B及圖6D中所示的此半圓形尖端之曲率半徑的範圍中,亦即,在尖端形狀具有頂面的範圍中,施加至階梯形區段400之根區域410的應力視尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑r之值顯著地改變。在平行於基板之面的階梯形部分係藉由使用具有如圖5C、圖5F及圖5G中所示之頂面的該等頂面之尖端形狀形成的情況下,該實例中之「根區域」被假定為比平行於基板之面的階梯形部分之寬度Wh之1/2位置更接近於背面側上之凹槽170之垂直側面之側上的區域,該側面形成於正面側上之凹槽之兩側中之每一者上。圖6B展示寬度Wh與寬度Wt之間的關係。此外,在平行於基板之面的階梯形部分未形成的情況下,例如,在使用不具頂面之楔形尖端形狀(如在圖5B、圖5D及圖5E中所示之該等尖端形狀)的情況下,該區域被假定為:在切晶刀片在厚度方向上相等地分割在三個區域中的情況下,切晶刀片之中心區域之兩側中之每一者上的對應於切晶刀片之厚度之1/3的階梯形區段之區域。 The mechanism of how the semiconductor wafer is broken will be described with reference to FIGS. 9A, 9B, 11A, and 11B based on the results of the above simulation. As shown in FIG. 9A, in the case where the tip section has a rectangular shape as in the crystal cutting blade 300A (in the case where the value of the curvature radius r is small), the top surface 340 of the crystal cutting blade 300A has a cutout. When the groove 170 having the width Sb is formed from the back surface of the semiconductor substrate, the semiconductor substrate is pressed. Although the force F applied by the dicing blade 300A is completely applied to the stepped segment 400, it is assumed that the force F applied to the stepped segment 400 is concentrated on the root side region (the root region 410) of the stepped segment 400 due to the principle of leverage. )on. Next, when the stress concentrated on the root region 410 exceeds the fracture stress of the wafer, the stress causes the root region 410 of the stepped section 400 as shown in FIG. 9B to break (peel, crack, or pry). If the fracture occurs at the stepped section 400, the margin M for cutting of the stepped section 400 needs to be ensured; this means the space S of the cutting area 120 Need to be equal to or greater than the margin M. According to the results of the simulation shown in FIG. 8, when the stress in the case of r = 0.5 and the stress in the case of r = 12.5 are compared, the root region 410 of the stepped section 400 is applied in the former case. The stress system is different, that is, almost four times that in the latter case. This means that in a range where the value of the radius of curvature r is smaller than the radius of curvature of this semi-circular tip as shown in FIGS. 5B and 6D, that is, in a range where the tip shape has a top surface, it is applied to the stepped section. The stress in the root region 410 of 400 changes significantly depending on the value of the radius of curvature r of the tip corner section. In the case where the stepped portion parallel to the surface of the substrate is formed by using the tip shapes of the top surfaces having the top surfaces as shown in FIGS. 5C, 5F, and 5G, the "root region in this example It is assumed to be a region closer to the side of the vertical side of the groove 170 on the back side than the 1/2 position of the width Wh of the stepped portion parallel to the surface of the substrate, the side being formed in a recess on the front side On each of the two sides of the slot. FIG. 6B shows the relationship between the width Wh and the width Wt. Further, in the case where a stepped portion parallel to the surface of the substrate is not formed, for example, when a wedge-shaped tip shape (such as the tip shapes shown in FIGS. 5B, 5D, and 5E) without a top surface is used, In this case, the region is assumed to correspond to the crystal cutting blade on each of both sides of the center region of the crystal cutting blade in a case where the crystal cutting blade is equally divided into three regions in the thickness direction. Areas of stepped sections 1/3 of their thickness.

圖10為說明當凹槽170係藉由根據圖5B中所示之實例的切晶刀片300形成時的應力對階梯形區段400之施加的截面圖。圖10展示切晶刀片300之尖端區段具有半圓形形狀的實例。在此情況下,凹槽170之形狀亦變為半圓形以便遵循尖端區段之形狀。結果是藉由切晶刀片300之尖端區段施加至階梯形區段400之力F在沿著凹槽之半圓形形狀之方向上分佈。因此,假定抑制應力集中於階梯形區段400之根區域410上而不同於圖9A中所示之情況,藉此階梯形區段 400之剝落及開裂會被抑制。 FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the application of stress to the stepped section 400 when the groove 170 is formed by the crystal cutting blade 300 according to the example shown in FIG. 5B. FIG. 10 shows an example in which the tip section of the dicing blade 300 has a semi-circular shape. In this case, the shape of the groove 170 also becomes semicircular so as to follow the shape of the tip section. The result is that the force F applied to the stepped section 400 by the tip section of the dicing blade 300 is distributed in a direction along the semicircular shape of the groove. Therefore, it is assumed that the restraint stress is concentrated on the root region 410 of the stepped section 400 unlike the case shown in FIG. 9A, whereby the stepped section Peeling and cracking of 400 will be suppressed.

B-2)關於位置偏差之模擬 B-2) Simulation of position deviation

接下來,下文將說明凹槽寬度方向上的切晶刀片之位置偏差的量。圖11A及圖11B為說明形成於基板之正面上的正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa與藉由切晶刀片形成之凹槽170之截口寬度Sb之間的位置關係的視圖。截口寬度Sb之中心與正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa之中心一致係理想的。然而,實際上,歸因於製造時之變動,截口寬度Sb的中心偏離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa的中心,如圖11B中所示。另外,由於位置偏差,左右階梯形區段400之寬度Wt之間會出現差異。此處假定正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa的中心與截口寬度Sb的中心之間的差異為位置偏差量Ds。製造時之變動係主要藉由製造條件判定,該等製造條件諸如所使用之製造裝置的定位精確度(包括對準標記及類似者之偵測精確度)及切晶刀片之變形程度(彎曲及翹曲之量)。 Next, the amount of positional deviation of the crystal cutting blade in the groove width direction will be described below. 11A and 11B are views illustrating a positional relationship between a width Sa of a groove 140 formed on a front side of a front surface of a substrate and a cut width Sb of a groove 170 formed by a dicing blade. It is desirable that the center of the cut width Sb coincides with the center of the width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side. However, actually, due to the variation at the time of manufacture, the center of the cut width Sb deviates from the center of the width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side, as shown in FIG. 11B. In addition, due to the positional deviation, a difference between the widths Wt of the left and right stepped sections 400 may occur. It is assumed here that the difference between the center of the width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side and the center of the cut width Sb is the position deviation amount Ds. Changes in manufacturing are mainly determined by manufacturing conditions such as the positioning accuracy of the manufacturing equipment used (including the accuracy of alignment marks and the like) and the degree of deformation of the cutting blade (bending and Amount of warping).

接下來,為掌握切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上之位置偏差量Ds與施加至階梯形區段400之應力之間的關係所進行之模擬及為掌握切晶刀片之截口寬度Sb與施加至階梯形區段400之應力之間的關係所進行之模擬將描述如下。在此等模擬中,Sb=25,Sb=20.4,Sb=15.8及Sb=11.2四種值係用來作為離切晶刀片之頂部區段12.5μm之位置處的截口寬度Sb(μm),當與正面側上之凹槽140的位置偏差量Ds(μm)變為Ds=0、Ds=2.5及Ds=7.5時的各別截口寬度處之應力值係藉由該等模擬計算。儘管用於此次的此等模擬之尖端形狀不同於有關圖6之模擬中所使用之尖端形狀,但此次的模擬與關於圖6A至圖6D之模 擬共同的是使用具有不同漸縮程度之複數個尖端形狀。待處理之基板為GaAs基板,切晶刀片之厚度設定成25μm,尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑中之每一者設定成r=5μm,半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa設定成r=5μm,且階梯形區段400之厚度T設定成40μm。此外,設定係以使得10mN之總負載在階梯形區段400及背面側上之凹槽170之側面的法線方向上施加而執行。納入背面側上之凹槽170之側面的負載係考慮到實際切割時的切晶刀片之水平方向上之振動。 Next, simulations are performed to grasp the relationship between the position deviation amount Ds of the crystal cutting blade in the groove width direction and the stress applied to the stepped section 400, and to grasp the cutting width Sb of the crystal cutting blade and the application The simulation performed on the relationship between the stresses to the stepped section 400 will be described as follows. In these simulations, four values of Sb = 25, Sb = 20.4, Sb = 15.8, and Sb = 11.2 are used as the cut-off width Sb (μm) at the position of 12.5 μm from the top section of the dicing blade, The stress values at the respective section widths when the position deviation amount Ds (μm) from the groove 140 on the front side becomes Ds = 0, Ds = 2.5, and Ds = 7.5 are calculated by these simulations. Although the shape of the tip used in this simulation is different from the shape of the tip used in the simulations related to FIG. 6, the simulation is similar to the simulations related to FIGS. 6A to 6D. It is intended to be common to use a plurality of tip shapes having different degrees of tapering. The substrate to be processed is a GaAs substrate, the thickness of the dicing blade is set to 25 μm, each of the radius of curvature of the tip corner section is set to r = 5 μm, and the width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side of the semiconductor substrate is set to r = 5 μm, and the thickness T of the stepped section 400 is set to 40 μm. In addition, the setting is performed such that a total load of 10 mN is applied in the normal direction of the side surface of the stepped section 400 and the groove 170 on the back side. The load incorporated into the side of the groove 170 on the back side takes into consideration the horizontal vibration of the crystal cutting blade during actual cutting.

圖12A至圖12D展示用於模擬中之四種截口寬度(對應於切晶刀片之尖端形狀)之情況下的位置偏差量Ds為零之狀態下的凹槽之形狀。圖12A展示Sb=25μm下之形狀,圖12B展示Sb=20.4μm下之形狀,圖12C展示Sb=15.8μm下之形狀,且圖12D展示Sb=11.2μm下之形狀。在每一形狀中,除彎曲面外的尖端拐角區段之面係直線的,且在圖12D中的Sb=11.2μm之情況下,頂部區段之區域處之曲率半徑設定成5μm,如圖中所示,以使得形狀不具有尖端拐角區段。 FIGS. 12A to 12D show the shapes of the grooves in a state where the position deviation amount Ds is zero in the case of the four kinds of cut widths (corresponding to the tip shape of the cutting blade) used in the simulation. FIG. 12A shows the shape under Sb = 25 μm, FIG. 12B shows the shape under Sb = 20.4 μm, FIG. 12C shows the shape under Sb = 15.8 μm, and FIG. 12D shows the shape under Sb = 11.2 μm. In each shape, the surface of the tip corner section other than the curved surface is straight, and in the case of Sb = 11.2 μm in FIG. 12D, the radius of curvature at the region of the top section is set to 5 μm, as shown in the figure. Shown so that the shape does not have a sharp corner section.

圖13展示關於位置偏差量Ds及截口寬度Sb對階梯形區段之影響的模擬之結果。縱軸表示施加至階梯形區段400之最大應力值,且橫軸表示截口寬度Sb。橫軸上之截口寬度Sb為離開切晶刀片之頂部區段12.5μm之位置處的寬度,且標示在位置偏差量Ds(μm)為Ds=0、Ds=2.5及Ds=7.5的情況下所獲得之結果。 FIG. 13 shows the results of a simulation on the effects of the position deviation amount Ds and the cut width Sb on the stepped section. The vertical axis represents the maximum stress value applied to the stepped section 400, and the horizontal axis represents the section width Sb. The cross-section width Sb on the horizontal axis is the width at a position 12.5 μm away from the top section of the dicing blade, and it is marked when the position deviation Ds (μm) is Ds = 0, Ds = 2.5, and Ds = 7.5 The results obtained.

如圖13之曲線圖中清楚地展示,可發現在每一截口寬度Sb中,施加至階梯形區段400之最大應力隨著凹槽寬度方向上的切晶刀片之位置偏差量Ds較大而變得較大。此外,儘管並未顯示在圖13中,最大應力是產生在其階梯形區段400之寬度Wt由於切晶刀片之位置偏差而較大之側上的根區域410中。假定這會發生是因為當位 置偏差量Ds變得較大時,較大應力容易根據槓桿原理施加至階梯變得較大之側上的階梯形區段400之根區域410。 As clearly shown in the graph of FIG. 13, it can be found that in each section width Sb, the maximum stress applied to the stepped section 400 is larger with the position deviation Ds of the cutting blade in the groove width direction And become larger. Further, although not shown in FIG. 13, the maximum stress is generated in the root region 410 on the side where the width Wt of the stepped section 400 is large due to the positional deviation of the cutting blade. Suppose this happens because of being in office When the position deviation Ds becomes larger, a larger stress is easily applied to the root region 410 of the stepped section 400 on the side where the step becomes larger according to the principle of leverage.

此外,最大應力值在截口寬度Sb較窄之側(漸縮程度較大之側)上傾向於變得較小,且假定這會發生是因為用於壓緊階梯形區段400至基板之正面側的應力由於大漸縮程度而變得較弱,藉此應力幾乎不集中於階梯形區段400之根區域410上。再者,當截口寬度Sb很窄(Sb=11.2μm)且位置偏差量Ds大(Ds=7.5μm)時,可發現最大應力值產生所在之位置突然改變,且應力值(大致7.2)增加。假定這會發生是因為在切晶刀片具有寬截口寬度Sb(切晶刀片具有小漸縮程度)之情況下,用以施加應力至階梯形區段400的是一寬面,但在切晶刀片具有很窄截口寬度Sb(切晶刀片具有很大的漸縮程度)之情況下且在頂部區段(頂點)偏離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之範圍的情況下,應力集中於楔形頂部區段(頂點)之區域上。儘管圖13中未展示,但根據模擬之結果,截口寬度Sb很窄(Sb=11.2μm)且位置偏差量Ds大(Ds=7.5μm)時的最大應力產生於頂部區段(頂點)之區域中,且藉由圖14中之P指示此位置。根據實例的「頂部區段之區域」為包括頂部區段且位於背面側上之凹槽之中心之側上的區域,而非階梯形區段400之根區域410。 In addition, the maximum stress value tends to become smaller on the side where the cut width Sb is narrower (the side where the degree of tapering is greater), and it is assumed that this occurs because it is used to compact the stepped section 400 to the front side of the substrate The stress on the side becomes weaker due to the large degree of taper, whereby the stress is hardly concentrated on the root region 410 of the stepped section 400. In addition, when the cut width Sb is narrow (Sb = 11.2μm) and the position deviation Ds is large (Ds = 7.5μm), it can be found that the location where the maximum stress value occurs suddenly changes, and the stress value (approximately 7.2) increases . It is assumed that this occurs because in the case where the cutting blade has a wide cutting width Sb (the cutting blade has a small degree of tapering), a wide surface is used to apply stress to the stepped section 400, but in the cutting blade In the case where the cutting width Sb is very narrow (the dicing blade has a large degree of tapering) and when the top section (apex) deviates from the range of the groove 140 on the front side of the semiconductor substrate, the stress is concentrated on On the area of the wedge-shaped top section (apex). Although not shown in Fig. 13, according to the simulation results, the maximum stress when the cut width Sb is narrow (Sb = 11.2μm) and the position deviation Ds is large (Ds = 7.5μm) is generated in the top section (apex) Area, and this position is indicated by P in FIG. 14. The “region of the top section” according to the example is a region including the top section and located on the side of the center of the groove on the back side, rather than the root region 410 of the stepped section 400.

B-3)第一實驗之結果之說明 B-3) Explanation of the results of the first experiment

圖15展示製備具有不同漸縮程度之複數個切晶刀片且切割實際基板的實驗之結果。在此實驗中,具有25μm之厚度的切晶刀片之尖端經處理以製備在尖端拐角區段處具有在1μm至23μm之範圍中之曲率半徑r且在離開頂部區段5μm之位置處具有在5μm及25 μm之範圍中之截口寬度的複數個切晶刀片。曲率半徑與截口寬度之特定組合展示於圖15中,且複數個切晶刀片係以使得漸縮程度幾乎相等地分佈而製備。此外,使用GaAs基板,正面側上之凹槽140之寬度設定成大致5μm,階梯形區段400之厚度T設定成大致40μm,且凹槽寬度方向上的切晶刀片之位置偏差量Ds設定成小於±7.5μm。由於切晶刀片之厚度為25μm,因此在尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑為12.5μm或更大之範圍中,尖端區段具有不具頂面之楔形形狀。另一方面,在曲率半徑小於12.5μm之範圍中,漸縮程度隨著曲率半徑較小而變得較小,且在曲率半徑為1μm之情況下,尖端區段具有幾乎矩形之尖端形狀。 FIG. 15 shows the results of an experiment of preparing a plurality of dicing blades having different degrees of tapering and cutting an actual substrate. In this experiment, the tip of a dicing blade having a thickness of 25 μm was processed to prepare a radius of curvature r in the range of 1 μm to 23 μm at the tip corner section and 5 μm at a position 5 μm away from the top section. And 25 A plurality of dicing blades with a cut width in the range of μm. A specific combination of the radius of curvature and the width of the cut is shown in FIG. 15, and a plurality of dicing blades are prepared so that the degree of taper is distributed almost equally. In addition, using a GaAs substrate, the width of the groove 140 on the front side is set to approximately 5 μm, the thickness T of the stepped section 400 is set to approximately 40 μm, and the positional deviation Ds of the cutting blade in the groove width direction is set to Less than ± 7.5μm. Since the thickness of the dicing blade is 25 μm, in a range where the radius of curvature of the tip corner section is 12.5 μm or more, the tip section has a wedge shape without a top surface. On the other hand, in a range where the radius of curvature is less than 12.5 μm, the degree of tapering becomes smaller as the radius of curvature becomes smaller, and in the case where the radius of curvature is 1 μm, the tip section has a nearly rectangular tip shape.

圖15中之「o」標記指示階梯形區段400之斷裂被充分抑制且對應其之漸縮程度可用於大批生產過程,且「x」標記指示階梯形區段400之斷裂未被充分抑制且對應其之漸縮程度無法用於大批生產過程。在圖15中,不可用的範圍出現在漸縮程度小(曲率半徑r為8μm或更小)及漸縮程度大(曲率半徑r為22μm或更大)兩者之中,且漸縮程度適當之範圍存在於該兩個範圍之間。這基於以下原因。在漸縮程度小之範圍中,應力集中於階梯形區段400之根區域410上而階梯形區段400斷裂;在漸縮程度大之範圍中,應力集中於切晶刀片之頂部區段(頂點)之位置上而階梯形區段400斷裂,如上述之模擬之結果中所描述。可以說曲率半徑r為8μm或更小之範圍係階梯形區段由於漸縮程度小而斷裂之範圍,且曲率半徑r為22μm或更大之範圍係階梯形區段由於漸縮程度大而斷裂之範圍。 The “o” mark in FIG. 15 indicates that the fracture of the stepped section 400 is sufficiently suppressed and the degree of tapering corresponding thereto can be used in a mass production process, and the “x” mark indicates that the fracture of the stepped section 400 is not sufficiently suppressed and The corresponding degree of shrinkage cannot be used in mass production processes. In FIG. 15, the unavailable range appears between a small degree of tapering (curvature radius r is 8 μm or less) and a large degree of tapering (curvature radius r is 22 μm or more), and the degree of tapering is appropriate The range exists between the two ranges. This is based on the following reasons. In the range of small taper, stress is concentrated on the root region 410 of the stepped section 400 and the stepped section 400 is broken; in the range of large taper, stress is concentrated on the top section of the cutting blade ( Vertex) and the stepped section 400 breaks, as described in the results of the simulation described above. It can be said that the range where the radius of curvature r is 8 μm or less is a range where the stepped section is broken due to a small degree of tapering, and the range where the radius of curvature r is 22 μm or more is a stepped section which is broken due to a large degree of tapering. Range.

如圖8中所示之模擬之說明中所描述,階梯形區段400所承受之最大應力視尖端區段之漸縮程度而顯著改變。因此,可發現 即使斷裂出現在使用矩形尖端形狀或任何其他尖端形狀之情況下,藉由確定適當漸縮程度之範圍及藉由控制尖端形狀以使得漸縮程度設定在圖15中所示之實驗中所指示的範圍內,無須改變製造條件,亦即無須增加階梯形區段400之厚度T(加寬及深化正面側上之凹槽140之寬度)以使得階梯形區段之強度增加,階梯形區段之斷裂可被抑制至不導致大批生產過程中之問題的水準。 As described in the description of the simulation shown in FIG. 8, the maximum stress experienced by the stepped section 400 varies significantly depending on the degree of tapering of the tip section. Therefore, it can be found Even if the fracture occurs in the case of using a rectangular tip shape or any other tip shape, the extent of the taper is determined by determining the range of the appropriate taper degree and by controlling the tip shape as indicated in the experiment shown in FIG. 15 Within the range, there is no need to change the manufacturing conditions, that is, it is not necessary to increase the thickness T of the stepped section 400 (widening and deepening the width of the groove 140 on the front side) to increase the strength of the stepped section, Fracture can be suppressed to a level that does not cause problems in mass production.

B-4)第二實驗之結果之說明 B-4) Explanation of the results of the second experiment

圖16展示為確認正面側上之凹槽之寬度的差異對階梯形區段之斷裂的影響及階梯形區段之厚度的差異對階梯形區段之斷裂的影響所進行的實驗之結果。在此實驗中,使用GaAs基板,階梯形區段400之厚度T設定成25μm及40μm,且使用在離開尖端區段5μm之位置處具有16.7μm之截口寬度的切晶刀片。接著,對於正面側上之凹槽140之每一寬度Sa且對於階梯形區段400之每一厚度T,為了可抑制階梯形區段400之斷裂及可將切晶刀片用於大批生產過程,對於切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上可允許之位置偏差的大小進行確認。圖16中之「A」至「D」指示自階梯形區段400之斷裂被充分抑制之結果所獲得的位置偏差量Ds之範圍。 FIG. 16 shows the results of experiments performed to confirm the effect of the difference in the width of the grooves on the front side on the fracture of the stepped section and the effect of the difference in the thickness of the stepped section on the fracture of the stepped section. In this experiment, a GaAs substrate was used, the thickness T of the stepped section 400 was set to 25 μm and 40 μm, and a dicing blade having a cut width of 16.7 μm at a position 5 μm from the tip section was used. Next, for each width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side and for each thickness T of the stepped section 400, in order to suppress the breakage of the stepped section 400 and use a crystal cutting blade in a mass production process, Check the allowable position deviation of the crystal cutting blade in the groove width direction. “A” to “D” in FIG. 16 indicate the range of the position deviation amount Ds obtained from the result that the fracture of the stepped section 400 is sufficiently suppressed.

例如,在階梯形區段之厚度T為25μm且正面側上之凹槽之寬度Sa為7.5μm之情況下,範圍為「B」,且這表示即使在切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上在±5μm至小於±7.5μm之範圍中偏離的情況下,階梯形區段400之斷裂被充分抑制且切晶刀片可用於大批生產過程,且亦表示在±7.5μm或更大之位置偏差的情況下,階梯形區段400之斷裂未被充分抑制。此外,在階梯形區段400之厚度T為45μm且 正面側上之凹槽之寬度Sa為5μm之情況下,範圍為「A」,且這表示即使在切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上偏離±7.5μm或更大之狀態下,階梯形區段400之斷裂被充分抑制且切晶刀片可用於大批生產過程。此外,在階梯形區段400之厚度T為25μm且正面側上之凹槽之寬度Sa為5μm之情況下,範圍為「D」,且這表示僅在切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上之偏差小於±3μm之情況下,階梯形區段400之斷裂被充分抑制,且在偏差為±3μm或更大之情況下,階梯形區段400之斷裂未被充分抑制。 For example, in the case where the thickness T of the stepped section is 25 μm and the width Sa of the groove on the front side is 7.5 μm, the range is “B”, and this means that In the case of deviations from ± 5 μm to less than ± 7.5 μm, the fracture of the stepped section 400 is sufficiently suppressed and the crystal cutting blade can be used in a large-scale production process, and it also indicates that the position deviation is ± 7.5 μm or more Next, the fracture of the stepped section 400 is not sufficiently suppressed. In addition, the thickness T in the stepped section 400 is 45 μm and In the case where the width Sa of the groove on the front side is 5 μm, the range is “A”, and this means that even in a state where the crystal cutting blade deviates from the groove width direction by ± 7.5 μm or more, the stepped section The breakage of 400 is sufficiently suppressed and the crystal cutting blade can be used in mass production processes. In addition, in the case where the thickness T of the stepped section 400 is 25 μm and the width Sa of the groove on the front side is 5 μm, the range is “D”, and this means that only the dicing blade in the groove width direction In the case where the deviation is less than ± 3 μm, the fracture of the stepped section 400 is sufficiently suppressed, and in the case where the deviation is ± 3 μm or more, the fracture of the stepped section 400 is not sufficiently suppressed.

圖16中所示的實驗之結果顯示隨著正面側上之凹槽140之寬度變大,階梯形區段400抵抗切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上之位置偏差時更為強固。換言之,階梯形區段400較不會由於來自切晶刀片之應力而斷裂,這是因為正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa較寬。假定這是因為槓桿原理幾乎不起作用,因為階梯形區段400之寬度Wt隨著正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa較寬而變得較窄。此外,結果顯示階梯形區段抵抗切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上之位置偏差時更為強固,這是因為階梯形區段400之厚度T較厚。換言之,由於階梯形區段400之厚度T較厚,階梯形區段400不大可能由於來自切晶刀片之應力而斷裂。這是因為抵抗應力之強度由於階梯形區段400之厚度T較厚而變得較高。 The results of the experiment shown in FIG. 16 show that as the width of the groove 140 on the front side becomes larger, the stepped section 400 is stronger against the positional deviation of the cutting blade in the groove width direction. In other words, the stepped section 400 is less likely to break due to the stress from the dicing blade, because the width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side is wider. It is assumed that this is because the principle of leverage hardly works because the width Wt of the stepped section 400 becomes narrower as the width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side becomes wider. In addition, the results show that the stepped section is stronger when resisting the positional deviation of the cutting blade in the groove width direction, because the thickness T of the stepped section 400 is thicker. In other words, since the thickness T of the stepped section 400 is thick, the stepped section 400 is unlikely to be broken due to the stress from the crystal cutting blade. This is because the strength against stress becomes higher due to the thicker thickness T of the stepped section 400.

C)設計尖端區段之方法 C) Method of designing the tip section

接下來,將基於上述的模擬及實驗之結果說明設計切晶刀片之尖端形狀之方法及製造半導體晶片之方法。除非另有說明,以下所述之各別實例係基於根據圖1中所示之實例之製造流程。 Next, a method of designing the tip shape of a dicing blade and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer will be described based on the results of the simulation and experiments described above. Unless otherwise stated, the respective examples described below are based on a manufacturing process according to the example shown in FIG. 1.

圖17為說明設計用於根據本發明之實例的製造半導體晶片之方法的切晶刀片之尖端形狀的方法的流程圖。圖17中之一系列步驟可使用實際半導體基板及實際切晶刀片進行或可使用模擬而不使用實際半導體基板及實際切晶刀片進行。 17 is a flowchart illustrating a method of designing a tip shape of a dicing blade used in a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer according to an example of the present invention. One series of steps in FIG. 17 may be performed using an actual semiconductor substrate and an actual dicing blade or may be performed using simulation without using an actual semiconductor substrate and an actual dicing blade.

根據圖17之流程圖,首先,在S200,製備複數個切晶刀片,該複數個切晶刀片之尖端形狀之漸縮程度不同。例如,如在圖15中所示之實驗中,製備複數個切晶刀片且其漸縮程度以恆定間隔之差異而製作。作為一般切晶方法之完全切晶中所用的尖端形狀為如圖5G中所示者這樣的矩形形狀。因此,為了藉由使用具有此矩形形狀之切晶刀片來製備具有不同漸縮程度的複數個切晶刀片,具有此矩形形狀之切晶刀片需要預先處理。例如,取得具有矩形形狀的複數個切晶刀片且將之用於實際地切晶用於尖端處理之諸如擋片晶圓(dummy wafer)的部件,藉此因切割所致的尖端形狀處之磨損程度可僅針對每一切晶刀片而變得不同。使切晶刀片變尖之方法的細節將稍後描述。 According to the flowchart of FIG. 17, first, in S200, a plurality of dicing blades are prepared, and the shapes of the tip shapes of the dicing blades are different from each other. For example, as in the experiment shown in FIG. 15, a plurality of dicing blades are prepared and the degree of taper is made with a constant interval difference. The shape of the tip used in a complete cut as a general cut method is a rectangular shape as shown in FIG. 5G. Therefore, in order to prepare a plurality of crystal cutting blades having different degrees of taper by using the crystal cutting blades having this rectangular shape, the crystal cutting blades having this rectangular shape need to be processed in advance. For example, a plurality of dicing blades having a rectangular shape are obtained and used for practically dicing a part such as a dummy wafer for tip processing, thereby abrading the tip shape due to cutting The degree may be different only for every crystal blade. The details of the method of sharpening the dicing blade will be described later.

在S200,可藉由自其他實體(其他人)獲取具有不同漸縮程度的複數個切晶刀片而非在內部處理尖端形狀來製備該複數個切晶刀片。此外,步驟S200可被當作製備將不同程度之應力施加至階梯形區段400之根區域410的複數個切晶刀片之步驟。再者,該等切晶刀片不需要一次集體地製備。例如,可使用以下方法。可首先製備具有單一種類之漸縮程度之切晶刀片,且流程中之製程可執行直至後述之S204,且可製備具有其他漸縮程度之切晶刀片,且接著流程中之製程可再次執行直至S204。此外,該複數個切晶刀片並非一定必須是分開的,可藉由逐漸改變單一切晶刀片之尖端形狀來製備具有不同漸縮程度的複數個切晶刀片。 At S200, the plurality of dicing blades can be prepared by obtaining a plurality of dicing blades having different degrees of tapering from other entities (others) instead of processing the tip shape internally. In addition, step S200 can be regarded as a step of preparing a plurality of crystal cutting blades that apply different degrees of stress to the root region 410 of the stepped section 400. Furthermore, the dicing blades need not be prepared collectively at one time. For example, the following method can be used. A single-type tapered blade with a tapered degree can be prepared first, and the process in the process can be performed up to S204 described below, and a chip with other tapered degrees can be prepared, and then the process in the process can be performed again until S204. In addition, the plurality of dicing blades do not necessarily have to be separated, and a plurality of dicing blades having different degrees of taper can be prepared by gradually changing the tip shape of a monolithic crystalline blade.

實例中之「漸縮程度」係例如藉由切晶刀片之尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑、其頂部區段(頂點)之曲率半徑及離開頂部區段預定距離處的刀片之厚度判定。例如,漸縮程度由於尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑較大且頂部區段(頂點)之曲率半徑較小而變得較大。此外,由於漸縮程度隨離開頂部區段預定距離處的刀片之厚度較薄而變得較大,因此漸縮程度可與離開頂部區段預定距離處的刀片之厚度關聯。再者,在切晶刀片磨損且其尖端拐角區段之厚度變得較薄之情況下,漸縮程度亦變得較大。漸縮程度可與施加至階梯形區段400之根區域410之應力的程度關聯,且施加至階梯形區段400之根區域410之應力的程度隨漸縮程度較大而變得較小。除非另有說明,漸縮程度係指在從切晶刀片之頂部區段至對應於大致兩倍於切晶刀片之厚度之距離的範圍中的尖端側之形狀的漸縮程度。 The "degree of tapering" in the example is determined by, for example, the radius of curvature of the tip corner section of the crystal cutting blade, the radius of curvature of its top section (apex) and the thickness of the blade at a predetermined distance from the top section. For example, the degree of taper becomes larger because the radius of curvature of the tip corner section is larger and the radius of curvature of the top section (apex) is smaller. In addition, since the degree of taper becomes larger as the thickness of the blade at a predetermined distance from the top section becomes thinner, the degree of taper can be correlated with the thickness of the blade at a predetermined distance from the top section. Moreover, when the cutting blade is worn and the thickness of the tip corner section becomes thinner, the degree of tapering also becomes larger. The degree of taper may be correlated with the degree of stress applied to the root region 410 of the stepped section 400, and the degree of stress applied to the root region 410 of the stepped section 400 becomes smaller as the degree of taper becomes larger. Unless otherwise stated, the degree of tapering refers to the degree of tapering of the shape on the tip side in a range from the top section of the dicing blade to a distance corresponding to approximately twice the thickness of the dicing blade.

接下來,在S202,為了確認使用在S200所製備之複數個切晶刀片之情況下的階梯形區段之斷裂的狀態,製備具有相同形狀之複數個凹槽的半導體基板,該等凹槽形成於正面側上且適於大批生產過程。正面側上之凹槽的間距可為用於大批生產過程的間距或可為不同間距。換言之,間距可僅被設定為使得大批生產過程中的階梯形區段之斷裂的狀態可針對每一漸縮程度予以估計。另外,在S202,在無凹槽形成之半導體基板的情況,半導體基板之製備可如圖1中之S104之情況藉由在基板之正面側上形成凹槽來進行,或是可從其他實體(其他人)獲取凹槽已形成之此半導體基板。「相同形狀」並不意謂該等形狀完全相同,而是意謂實質上相同之形狀,其具有在為了具有相同形狀而形成凹槽之情況下可能出現的誤差或類似者。 Next, in S202, in order to confirm the broken state of the stepped section in the case of using a plurality of dicing blades prepared in S200, a semiconductor substrate having a plurality of grooves having the same shape is prepared, and the grooves are formed On the front side and suitable for mass production processes. The pitch of the grooves on the front side may be a pitch used for a mass production process or may be a different pitch. In other words, the pitch can be set only so that the state of the fracture of the stepped section in a mass production process can be estimated for each degree of tapering. In addition, in S202, in the case of a semiconductor substrate without a groove, the preparation of the semiconductor substrate can be performed by forming a groove on the front side of the substrate as in the case of S104 in FIG. 1, or can be obtained from other entities ( Others) obtain the semiconductor substrate in which the groove has been formed. "Identical shape" does not mean that the shapes are exactly the same, but means substantially the same shape, which has an error or the like that may occur in the case where grooves are formed in order to have the same shape.

接下來,藉由使用在S200所製備的該複數個切晶刀片 中之每一者在S202所製備之半導體基板中形成背面側上之凹槽170。接著,確認在使用該複數個切晶刀片中之每一者的情況下的階梯形區段之斷裂之狀態。換言之,關於斷裂之狀態是否造成大批生產過程中的問題進行確認。使用顯微鏡或類似者來確認階梯形區段周圍之剝落、開裂等之存在及程度。背面側上之凹槽的形成及斷裂之狀態的確認應針對每一尖端形狀執行多次較佳,以便確定階梯形區段不會斷裂之漸縮程度(斷裂被抑制到切晶刀片可用於大批生產過程之程度的形狀)。此外,考慮到切晶刀片之位置的變動,較佳應在使階梯形區段容易斷裂的偏差條件下執行確認。於是,經由上述確認,每一切晶刀片之漸縮程度及對於階梯形區段是否由於漸縮程度而斷裂(漸縮程度是否可用於大批生產過程)之判定可如圖15中所示為例加以列出。 Next, by using the plurality of dicing blades prepared in S200 Each of them forms a groove 170 on the back side in the semiconductor substrate prepared in S202. Next, the state of fracture of the stepped section when each of the plurality of dicing blades was used was confirmed. In other words, it is confirmed whether the state of the fracture causes a problem in the mass production process. Use a microscope or the like to confirm the presence and extent of spalling, cracking, etc. around the stepped section. The formation of the groove on the back side and the confirmation of the state of the fracture should be performed multiple times for each tip shape, in order to determine the degree of tapering of the stepped section without fracture (fracture is suppressed to the extent that the cutting blade can be used in large quantities Shape of the production process). In addition, considering the change in the position of the crystal cutting blade, it is preferable to perform the confirmation under the condition that the stepped section is easily broken. Therefore, through the above confirmation, the degree of tapering of each crystal blade and the determination of whether the stepped section is broken due to the degree of tapering (whether the degree of tapering can be used in a large-scale production process) can be taken as an example shown in FIG. Listed.

接下來,在S206,對於階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度及階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度兩者是否包括於在S200所製備的複數個切晶刀片中進行組構。例如,在圖15之情況下,由於包括階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度及階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度兩者,因此流程前進至S210。如上所述的包括兩個漸縮程度之情況意謂可指定出可用於大批生產過程之漸縮程度之範圍的至少部分及不可用於大批生產過程之漸縮程度之範圍的至少部分。例如,在階梯形區段於小漸縮程度下斷裂且階梯形區段於大漸縮程度下不斷裂的情況下,可假定小漸縮程度下之斷裂係由施加至階梯形區段之根區域之應力引起。因此,可以判斷小於小漸縮程度的漸縮程度之範圍係不可用範圍。此外,可以判斷至少階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度係可使用之漸縮程度。相反地,在階梯形區段於大漸縮程度下斷裂且階梯形區段於小漸縮程度下不斷裂的情況下,可假定大漸縮程度下之斷裂係由應力在楔形頂部區段之區域 上的集中引起。因此,可以判斷大於大漸縮程度的漸縮程度之範圍係不可用範圍。此外,可以判斷至少階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度可使用。在使用具有任意尖端形狀之切晶刀片之情況下,窄且淺的凹槽可導致階梯形區段之斷裂;如上所述,在S206,包括階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度及階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度兩者的情況意謂可用於大批生產過程之漸縮程度之範圍的至少部分及不可用於大批生產過程之漸縮程度之範圍的至少部分可針對正面側上之窄且淺的凹槽而被指定。 Next, in S206, it is determined whether or not both the tapered degree of the stepped segment fracture and the tapered degree of the stepped segment non-fracture are included in the plurality of crystal cutting blades prepared in S200. For example, in the case of FIG. 15, since both the tapered degree of the stepped section breaking and the tapered degree of the stepless section not broken are included, the flow proceeds to S210. The case of including two degrees of taper as described above means that at least part of a range of degree of taper that can be used in a mass production process and at least part of a range of degree of taper that cannot be used in a mass production process can be specified. For example, in the case where the stepped section is broken at a small taper and the stepped section is not broken at a large taper, it can be assumed that the fracture at the small taper is caused by the root applied to the stepped section Area stress. Therefore, it can be judged that the range of the degree of taper smaller than the small degree of taper is an unusable range. In addition, it can be judged that at least the degree of taper that the stepped section does not break is the degree of taper that can be used. Conversely, in the case where the stepped section is broken at a large taper and the stepped section is not broken at a small taper, it can be assumed that the fracture at the large taper is caused by the stress in the wedge-shaped top section. region Caused by concentration. Therefore, it can be judged that the range of the degree of taper that is larger than the large degree of taper is an unusable range. In addition, it can be judged that at least the degree of taper that the stepped section does not break can be used. In the case of using a crystal cutting blade with an arbitrary tip shape, the narrow and shallow grooves can cause the stepped section to break; as described above, in S206, the stepped section breaks down and the stepped section is included. The fact that the degree of tapering of the segment does not break means that at least part of the range of the degree of tapering that can be used in the mass production process and at least part of the range of tapering that is not available for the mass production process can be targeted at the narrow side And shallow grooves are specified.

另一方面,階梯形區段在S200所製備之切晶刀片的所有漸縮程度皆斷裂之情況意謂可用於大批生產過程之漸縮程度完全未被指定。因此,在此情況下,流程前進至S208。另外,在階梯形區段於所有漸縮程度皆不斷裂之情況下,製造條件可能不適當,例如,正面側上之凹槽係不必要地寬且深,因此階梯形區段之強度最終被設定成不必要地高。因此,在此情況下流程也前進至S208。 On the other hand, the fact that all of the tapering degree of the sliced blade prepared by S200 is broken in the stepped section means that the degree of tapering that can be used for mass production is completely unspecified. Therefore, in this case, the flow advances to S208. In addition, in the case where the stepped section does not break at all degrees of tapering, manufacturing conditions may be inappropriate. For example, the groove on the front side is unnecessarily wide and deep, so the strength of the stepped section is Set it unnecessarily high. Therefore, the flow also proceeds to S208 in this case.

在S208,改變設計條件,諸如正面側上之凹槽140之形狀(寬度、深度等)。根據圖16中所示的實驗之結果,階梯形區段之強度變得較低且階梯形區段更容易斷裂,這是因為正面側上之凹槽140之深度較淺且正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa較窄。換言之,在階梯形區段於S200所製備的切晶刀片之所有漸縮程度皆斷裂的情況下,可假定正面側上之凹槽140過淺或過窄,因此階梯形區段之強度過於薄弱。故在此情況下,藉由改變正面側上之凹槽140之形狀而使得階梯形區段之強度較高。更具體言之,至少使得正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa較寬或該凹槽之深度較深。 At S208, design conditions such as the shape (width, depth, etc.) of the groove 140 on the front side are changed. According to the results of the experiment shown in FIG. 16, the strength of the stepped section becomes lower and the stepped section is more likely to break because the groove 140 on the front side is shallower and the depression on the front side is shallower. The width Sa of the groove 140 is narrow. In other words, in the case where all the tapering degree of the sliced blade prepared by S200 in the stepped section is broken, it can be assumed that the groove 140 on the front side is too shallow or too narrow, so the stepped section is too weak . Therefore, in this case, the strength of the stepped section is made higher by changing the shape of the groove 140 on the front side. More specifically, at least the width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side is made wider or the depth of the groove is deeper.

另外,根據圖12及圖13中所示的模擬之結果,由於當背面側上之凹槽170形成時切晶刀片之尖端區段在凹槽寬度方向上的 位置精確度較低,階梯形區段更容易斷裂。因此,可改變對位置精確度施加影響之製造條件,以提高切晶刀片之尖端區段在凹槽寬度方向上的位置精確度。例如,現有切晶裝置可改為對於定位切晶刀片具有高精確度的切晶裝置。如上所述,改變該等條件,藉由改變至少正面側上之凹槽140之形狀或切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上的位置精確度,使階梯形區段之斷裂幾乎不會發生。 In addition, according to the results of the simulations shown in FIG. 12 and FIG. 13, since the tip section of the crystal cutting blade in the groove width direction is formed when the groove 170 on the back side is formed. Position accuracy is lower and stepped sections are more likely to break. Therefore, the manufacturing conditions that influence the position accuracy can be changed to improve the position accuracy of the tip section of the cutting blade in the groove width direction. For example, the existing crystal cutting device can be changed to a crystal cutting device with high accuracy for positioning the crystal cutting blade. As described above, changing these conditions, by changing at least the shape of the groove 140 on the front side or the position accuracy of the cutting blade in the groove width direction, makes the stepped section break hardly occur.

此外,在階梯形區段於S200所製備的切晶刀片之所有漸縮程度皆不斷裂的情況下,可假定正面側上之凹槽140不必要地寬且深,因此階梯形區段之強度被設定為不必要地高。在此情況下,可改變凹槽寬度為較窄的,藉此可增加能夠自單一半導體基板獲得的半導體晶片之數目。在使得凹槽寬度較窄之情況下,難以形成深凹槽,且階梯形區段之強度變得較弱。然而,如圖8中所示,應力視漸縮程度而顯著改變。因此,藉由指定適當漸縮程度,可形成背面側上之凹槽170而不導致正面側上之較窄且較淺的凹槽140之階梯形區段的斷裂。因此,在階梯形區段於S206所製備的切晶刀片之所有漸縮程度皆不斷裂的情況下,改變設計條件,以使得能夠自單一半導體基板獲得的半導體晶片之數目藉由使正面側上之凹槽140較窄(或較窄且較淺)而增加,且再次執行自S200之流程,且重複自S200至S208之流程直至流程達到S210。若凹槽140狹窄,則變得難以形成深凹槽,已加以說明。這是因為例如在正面側上之凹槽140係藉由乾式蝕刻形成之情況下,若該凹槽窄,則蝕刻氣體幾乎不會深入至該凹槽中,該凹槽之底部區段處的蝕刻之進行就被中斷,且在使用薄切晶刀片執行凹槽形成之情況下,刀片容易斷裂。 In addition, in the case that the stepped section does not break at all the degree of taper of the crystal cutting blade prepared by S200, it can be assumed that the groove 140 on the front side is unnecessarily wide and deep, so the strength of the stepped section It is set to be unnecessarily high. In this case, the groove width can be changed to be narrower, thereby increasing the number of semiconductor wafers that can be obtained from a single semiconductor substrate. When the groove width is made narrow, it is difficult to form deep grooves, and the strength of the stepped section becomes weak. However, as shown in FIG. 8, the stress varies significantly depending on the degree of tapering. Therefore, by specifying an appropriate degree of tapering, the groove 170 on the back side can be formed without causing the stepped section of the narrower and shallower groove 140 on the front side to break. Therefore, in the case where all the degrees of tapering of the dicing blade prepared in step S206 are not broken, the design conditions are changed so that the number of semiconductor wafers that can be obtained from a single semiconductor substrate The groove 140 is narrower (or narrower and lighter) and increases, and the process from S200 is performed again, and the process from S200 to S208 is repeated until the process reaches S210. If the groove 140 is narrow, it becomes difficult to form a deep groove, as described above. This is because, for example, in the case where the groove 140 on the front side is formed by dry etching, if the groove is narrow, the etching gas hardly penetrates into the groove. The progress of the etching is interrupted, and in the case where the groove formation is performed using a thin dicing blade, the blade is easily broken.

另外,例如在S200所製備的切晶刀片之種類的數目有 限且漸縮程度不平衡從而過大或過小的情況下,包括階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度及階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度兩者的狀態在S206並非幾乎不發生。因此,在此情況下,設計條件可在S208改變,以使得在S200將製備的切晶刀片之尖端形狀的種類之數目增加。 In addition, for example, the number of types of the cutting blade prepared in S200 is In the case where the degree of taper is not balanced and thus is too large or too small, the state including both the degree of taper of the stepped section breaking and the degree of taper of the stepped section not breaking does not hardly occur in S206. Therefore, in this case, the design conditions may be changed in S208 so that the number of types of the tip shape of the dicing blade to be prepared in S200 is increased.

如上所述,在S208改變設計條件,且再次執行自S200之流程。接著,重複自S200至S208之流程,直至流程達到S210。 As described above, the design conditions are changed in S208, and the flow from S200 is executed again. Then, the process from S200 to S208 is repeated until the process reaches S210.

在S210,從具有階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度的尖端形狀中選擇供大批生產過程之用的切晶刀片之初始尖端形狀。此外,從待選擇之對象中排除階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度,以使得在大批生產時段中當然不使用該等漸縮程度。換言之,從待選擇之對象之範圍排除該等漸縮程度。然而,具有相同於已用於實驗之漸縮程度之漸縮程度的尖端形狀並非一定要被選擇作為用於大批生產過程之尖端形狀。有可能估計階梯形區段不斷裂的漸縮程度之範圍,並可選擇包括於該估計範圍中之漸縮程度。例如,在圖15中之實驗之結果中,可估計尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑r之範圍13μm至21μm對應於階梯形區段不斷裂的漸縮程度之範圍,而選擇對應於14.5μm或18.5μm之曲率半徑r的尖端形狀作為待用於大批生產過程之切晶刀片之初始尖端形狀,且執行控制以使得曲率半徑在大批生產時段中不偏離13μm至21μm之範圍。換言之,在階梯形區段不斷裂的漸縮程度之數目為複數個的情況下,該等程度之範圍可被估計為階梯形區段不斷裂之範圍,且僅可選擇具有包括於該範圍中之漸縮程度的尖端形狀。 In S210, an initial tip shape of a crystal cutting blade for a mass production process is selected from a tip shape having a tapered degree of non-breaking of a stepped section. In addition, the degree of tapering of the stepped section fracture is excluded from the objects to be selected, so that of course such a degree of tapering is not used during mass production periods. In other words, the degree of tapering is excluded from the range of objects to be selected. However, a tip shape having the same degree of taper as that used in experiments is not necessarily selected as the tip shape for a mass production process. It is possible to estimate the range of the degree of taper in which the stepped section does not break, and the degree of taper included in the estimated range can be selected. For example, in the results of the experiment in FIG. 15, it can be estimated that the range of the radius of curvature r of the tip corner section 13 μm to 21 μm corresponds to the range of the degree of tapering of the stepped section without breaking, and the choice corresponds to 14.5 μm or 18.5 The tip shape of the curvature radius r of μm is used as the initial tip shape of the crystal cutting blade to be used in the mass production process, and control is performed so that the curvature radius does not deviate from the range of 13 μm to 21 μm in the mass production period. In other words, in the case where the number of the tapered extents that the stepped section does not break is plural, the range of these degrees can be estimated as the range that the stepped section does not break, and it is only possible to select to include in the range A tapered tip shape.

在階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度之範圍中,較佳地,應選擇具有小於該範圍之中心處之漸縮程度的漸縮程度之尖端形狀作為待用於大批生產過程之切晶刀片之初始尖端形狀。例如,根據圖15中 所示之實驗之結果,應選擇尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑r在13μm至17μm之範圍中的尖端形狀,而非選擇曲率半徑r在17μm至21μm之範圍中的尖端形狀。漸縮程度小的狀態係尖端區段磨損不會大於具有大漸縮程度之尖端區段的狀態;換言之,具有小漸縮程度之切晶刀片之壽命更長。此外,在使用具有一般矩形形狀之切晶刀片且切晶刀片之尖端形狀會被處理之情況下,將尖端形狀預先形成為具有所要漸縮程度之形狀所需的時間可減少。 In the range of the degree of taper in which the stepped section does not break, preferably, a tip shape having a degree of taper that is smaller than the degree of taper at the center of the range should be selected as a crystal cutting blade to be used in a mass production process The initial tip shape. For example, according to Figure 15 As a result of the experiment shown, a tip shape in which the radius of curvature r of the tip corner section is in a range of 13 μm to 17 μm should be selected instead of a tip shape in which the radius of curvature r is in a range of 17 μm to 21 μm. The state where the degree of taper is small is that the tip section is not worn more than the state where the tip section has a large degree of taper; in other words, the life of the crystal blade with a small degree of taper is longer. In addition, in the case where a crystal chip having a generally rectangular shape is used and the tip shape of the crystal chip is processed, the time required to form the tip shape in advance to a shape having a desired degree of tapering can be reduced.

再者,在階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度存在於該漸縮程度大於階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度之側上的情況下,較佳應在大批生產過程中執行控制,以使得切晶刀片之尖端區段不會隨著切晶刀片之尖端區段之磨損增加而形成具有這樣的漸縮程度之形狀。例如,在圖15中,階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度(亦即,曲率半徑在22μm至23μm之範圍中)存在於尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑大於對應於階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度的13μm至21μm之範圍之側上(超出21μm之範圍)。因此,在圖15中所示之實驗之結果的情況下,較佳應在大批生產過程執行控制,以使得尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑隨著切晶刀片之尖端區段之磨損增加不會超過21μm。更具體言之,在漸縮程度達到此漸縮程度之前,較佳應停止切晶刀片之使用且應替換切晶刀片。應注意在實例中之「替換」不僅意謂以完全獨立的切晶刀片替換該切晶刀片,而且意謂再處理(修整)同一切晶刀片之尖端形狀。 Furthermore, in the case where the degree of tapering of the stepped section fracture exists on the side where the degree of tapering is greater than the degree of tapering of the stepped section without breaking, it is preferable to perform control during mass production so that The tip section of the crystal cutting blade does not form a shape having such a degree of taper as the wear of the tip section of the crystal cutting blade increases. For example, in FIG. 15, the tapered degree of the fracture of the stepped section (that is, the radius of curvature is in the range of 22 μm to 23 μm) exists in the radius of curvature of the tip corner section greater than the tapered of the stepped section. On the side of the range of 13 μm to 21 μm (out of the range of 21 μm). Therefore, in the case of the results of the experiment shown in FIG. 15, it is preferable to perform control in a large-scale production process so that the radius of curvature of the tip corner section does not exceed the wear of the tip section of the crystal cutting blade. 21 μm. More specifically, before the degree of tapering reaches this degree of tapering, it is preferable that the use of the dicing blade should be stopped and the dicing blade should be replaced. It should be noted that "replacement" in the example means not only replacing the crystal cutting blade with a completely independent crystal cutting blade, but also reprocessing (trimming) the tip shape of the same crystal cutting blade.

用於設計根據實例之切晶刀片之尖端形狀之方法的流程已在上文描述。利用此設計方法,當決定用於大批生產過程之切晶刀片之尖端形狀時,有可能在大批生產過程中採用具有比不考慮尖端形狀之漸縮程度與半導體晶片之斷裂之間的關係而判定之深度淺的深 度之正面側上的凹槽140。傳統上,在具有若干μm至十幾μm之寬度之精細凹槽相互連通的情況下,並不清楚地知道何種斷裂係由何種原因所引起。因此,在實際大批生產過程中,難以採用圖1中所示之製造過程。另外,若嘗試採用圖1中所示之製造過程,則正面側上之凹槽變得不必要地寬且深。另一方面,在設計根據實例之切晶刀片之尖端形狀之方法的情況下,會注意到階梯形區段承受之應力如圖7及圖8中所示依漸縮程度而顯著改變的事實,而在圖17中之S200製備具有不同漸縮程度的複數個切晶刀片。此外,在圖17中之S206,僅在階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度及階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度兩者均包括的情況下,執行尖端形狀之選擇。因此,在大批生產過程中可採用正面側上的較窄且較淺之凹槽140,儘管該設計所需之時間及工作量大於在使用具有任意尖端形狀之切晶刀片的情況下所需之時間及工作量。 The flow of a method for designing the tip shape of a crystal cutting blade according to an example has been described above. With this design method, when deciding the tip shape of a dicing blade used in a mass production process, it is possible to determine in a mass production process a relationship having a ratio of tapering of the tip shape and the breakage of the semiconductor wafer in the mass production process. Shallow depth Degree of groove 140 on the front side. Traditionally, in the case where fine grooves having a width of several μm to a dozen μm are connected to each other, it is not clear what kind of failure is caused by what cause. Therefore, in the actual mass production process, it is difficult to adopt the manufacturing process shown in FIG. 1. In addition, if an attempt is made to use the manufacturing process shown in FIG. 1, the grooves on the front side become unnecessarily wide and deep. On the other hand, in the case of the method of designing the tip shape of the crystal cutting blade according to the example, the fact that the stress to the stepped section changes significantly as shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 is noticed, In S200 in FIG. 17, a plurality of dicing blades having different degrees of tapering are prepared. In addition, in S206 in FIG. 17, the selection of the tip shape is performed only in a case where both the tapered degree of the stepped section fracture and the tapered degree of the stepless section not fracture are included. Therefore, narrower and shallower grooves 140 on the front side can be used during mass production, although the time and effort required for the design is greater than that required when using a crystal cutting blade with an arbitrary tip shape Time and workload.

接下來,將在下文描述在圖17中之S200製備具有不同漸縮程度的複數個切晶刀片之具體方法。首先,可使用鑽石刀片或整合鑽石刀片及鋁基板於其中之刀片作為用於切割例如GaAs化合物半導體之切晶刀片。大致上,市售之此等切晶刀片之尖端係例如形成為在尖端區段處不具有彎曲面之矩形形狀,如圖5G中所示。出於此原因,在此切晶刀片具有矩形形狀而不具有所要形狀之情況下,此切晶刀片之尖端區段需要進行處理。 Next, a specific method of preparing a plurality of dicing blades having different degrees of tapering at S200 in FIG. 17 will be described below. First, a diamond blade or a blade in which a diamond blade and an aluminum substrate are integrated can be used as a dicing blade for cutting, for example, a GaAs compound semiconductor. Roughly, the tips of commercially available dicing blades are, for example, formed in a rectangular shape without a curved surface at the tip section, as shown in FIG. 5G. For this reason, in the case where the crystal cutting blade has a rectangular shape but does not have a desired shape, the tip section of the crystal cutting blade needs to be processed.

此處理包括以下步驟。也就是說,例如取得市售之切晶刀片,並選擇用於處理所取得之切晶刀片之尖端區段的材料。例如,由Si、SiC或另一化合物半導體材料製成之基板可被選擇作為用於處理用途之材料。亦得使用其他材料,只要它們可將尖端區段處理成所要形狀。 This process includes the following steps. That is, for example, a commercially available crystal cutting blade is obtained, and a material for processing the tip section of the obtained crystal cutting blade is selected. For example, a substrate made of Si, SiC, or another compound semiconductor material may be selected as the material for processing use. Other materials have to be used as long as they can process the tip section into the desired shape.

接下來,使用切晶刀片重複被處理之半導體基板之切割,尖端區段因此磨損而形成為所要形狀。可適當地選擇被處理基板與切晶刀片形成之角度、切晶刀片之旋轉速度、研磨時間、拋光劑...等以獲得所要的彎曲面。如上所述,在切晶步驟之前,使用為了處理尖端區段而製備的用於處理用途之材料將切晶刀片形成為所要的楔形形狀。利用此種方法,即使是用於一般完全切晶之矩形形狀切晶刀片亦可共同用來作為在圖17中之S200所製備之切晶刀片。 Next, the dicing blade is used to repeat the cutting of the processed semiconductor substrate, and the tip section is thus worn to form a desired shape. The angle formed by the substrate to be processed and the dicing blade, the rotational speed of the dicing blade, the polishing time, the polishing agent, etc. may be appropriately selected to obtain a desired curved surface. As described above, before the dicing step, the dicing blade is formed into a desired wedge shape using a material prepared for processing purposes for processing the tip section. With this method, even a rectangular shape dicing blade for general complete dicing can be commonly used as a dicing blade prepared in S200 in FIG. 17.

接下來,在圖17中之S200應製備何種漸縮程度的細節將予以說明如下。 Next, details of what degree of tapering should be made in S200 in FIG. 17 will be explained as follows.

作為第一模式,較佳應包括比具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片漸縮更多的至少一種切晶刀片。換言之,較佳應包括具有產生於階梯形區段之根區域中之最大應力小於具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片中之最大應力的漸縮程度的至少一種切晶刀片。如圖8中清楚地展示,最大應力在尖端區段比半圓形尖端區段漸縮更多之範圍(r大於12.5μm)中的低位準處飽和。換言之,對於階梯形區段在接近於施加至根區域之最大應力藉由製備具有包括於該範圍中之漸縮程度的至少一種切晶刀片而變得最小之條件的條件下是否斷裂,可進行確認。此外,例如,在階梯形區段斷裂之情況下,在S208可輕易地判斷正面側上之凹槽140之寬度及深度需要改變以使得階梯形區段幾乎不會斷裂,而非改變設計條件以使得所製備的尖端形狀之種類之數目增加。 As a first mode, it is preferable to include at least one type of crystal cutting blade that is tapered more than a crystal cutting blade having a semi-circular tip section. In other words, it should preferably include at least one dicing blade having a tapered degree of maximum stress generated in the root region of the stepped section that is smaller than the maximum stress in the dicing blade with a semicircular tip section. As clearly shown in FIG. 8, the maximum stress is saturated at a low level in a range where the tip section tapers more than the semicircular tip section (r is greater than 12.5 μm). In other words, whether or not the stepped section is broken under conditions close to the condition that the maximum stress applied to the root region is minimized by preparing at least one crystal cutting blade having a degree of tapering included in the range can be performed. confirm. In addition, for example, in the case where the stepped section is broken, it can be easily determined in S208 that the width and depth of the groove 140 on the front side need to be changed so that the stepped section is hardly broken, instead of changing the design conditions to This increases the number of kinds of tip shapes prepared.

作為第二模式,較佳除具有比半圓形尖端區段漸縮更多之尖端區段的切晶刀片之外,亦應包括具有比半圓形尖端區段漸縮少之尖端區段的切晶刀片。換言之,較佳應包括具有產生於階梯形區段之根區域中之最大應力小於具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片中之最大 應力的漸縮程度的切晶刀片及具有最大應力較大之漸縮程度的切晶刀片兩者。如圖8中清楚地展示,最大應力在尖端區段比半圓形尖端區段漸縮更多之範圍(r大於12.5μm)中的低位準處飽和。另一方面,最大應力之變化在尖端區段比半圓形尖端區段漸縮少的範圍(r為12.5μm或更小)中很大。換言之,在製備具有包括於各個範圍中之漸縮程度之切晶刀片的情況下,切晶刀片非常可能具有階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度且亦具有階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度。因此,流程輕易地自圖17中之S206前進至圖17中之S210。換言之,有助於尖端形狀之選擇。 As the second mode, it is preferable to include, in addition to the chip-cutting blade having a more tapered tip section than the semi-circular tip section, a chip with a smaller tip section than the semi-circular tip section. Slicing blade. In other words, it should preferably include that the maximum stress generated in the root region of the stepped section is less than the maximum Both the dicing blade with a tapered degree of stress and the dicing blade with a tapered degree with a larger maximum stress. As clearly shown in FIG. 8, the maximum stress is saturated at a low level in a range where the tip section tapers more than the semicircular tip section (r is greater than 12.5 μm). On the other hand, the change in the maximum stress is large in a range (r is 12.5 μm or less) in which the tip section shrinks less than the semicircular tip section. In other words, in the case of preparing a crystalline blade having a degree of taperedness included in each range, the crystalline blade is very likely to have a tapered degree of stepped section breakage and also a tapered degree of stepped section not broken. . Therefore, the flow easily progresses from S206 in FIG. 17 to S210 in FIG. 17. In other words, it helps to choose the shape of the tip.

作為第三模式,較佳應包括具有小於具有半圓形尖端區段之切割區段之漸縮程度的漸縮程度的複數個切晶刀片。換言之,較佳應包括具有大於產生於具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片中之應力的應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中之漸縮程度的複數個切晶刀片。如圖8中清楚地展示,在大於產生於具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片中之應力的應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中的範圍(r小於12.5μm)中,最大應力相對於漸縮程度之變化大於漸縮程度變得大於該範圍中之漸縮程度的範圍(r為12.5μm或更大)中的變化。因此,在製備最大應力之變化很大之範圍內的複數個切晶刀片的情況下,有助於對階梯形區段即使在漸縮程度減小之情況下是否不斷裂的確認。 As a third mode, it is preferable to include a plurality of dicing blades having a degree of taper smaller than a degree of taper of a cutting section having a semi-circular tip section. In other words, it should preferably include a plurality of crystalline blades having a degree of tapering in which the stress greater than the stress generated in the crystalline blade having a semicircular tip section is generated in the root region of the stepped section. As clearly shown in FIG. 8, the maximum stress is in a range (r is less than 12.5 μm) in a range (r is less than 12.5 μm) in which a stress greater than a stress generated in a crystal cutting blade having a semicircular tip section is generated in a root region of the stepped section. The change with respect to the degree of tapering is larger than the change in a range (r is 12.5 μm or more) in which the degree of tapering becomes larger than the degree of tapering in the range. Therefore, in the case of preparing a plurality of crystal cutting blades within a range where the maximum stress varies greatly, it is helpful to confirm whether or not the stepped section does not break even when the degree of tapering is reduced.

作為第四模式,較佳應包括具有小於具有半圓形尖端區段之切割區段之漸縮程度的漸縮程度的三種或更多切晶刀片。換言之,較佳應包括具有大於產生於具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片中之應力的應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中之漸縮程度的至少三種切晶刀片。如圖8中清楚地展示,在大於產生於具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片中之應力的應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中的範圍(r為12.5 μm或更小)中,最大應力之變化大,且應力變化並非線性地而是非線性地。因此,在使用應力非線性地改變之範圍內的至少三種切晶刀片的情況下,與使用兩種切晶刀片之情況相比,有助於對階梯形區段即使在漸縮程度減小之情況下是否不斷裂的確認。 As a fourth mode, it is preferable to include three or more dicing blades having a degree of taper smaller than that of a cutting section having a semi-circular tip section. In other words, it should preferably include at least three types of crystal cutting blades having a degree of tapering that is greater than the stress generated in the crystal cutting blade having a semi-circular tip section, resulting in a tapered degree in the root region of the stepped section. As clearly shown in FIG. 8, a range in which a stress greater than a stress generated in a crystal cutting blade having a semicircular tip section is generated in a root region of the stepped section (r is 12.5 μm or less), the change in the maximum stress is large, and the change in stress is non-linear but non-linear. Therefore, in the case of using at least three kinds of crystal cutting blades within a range where the stress is changed non-linearly, compared with the case of using two kinds of crystal cutting blades, it is helpful to reduce the stepped section even if the degree of tapering Confirm whether the case does not break.

作為第五模式,較佳為被製備之切晶刀片應包括一切晶刀片,其具有在頂部區段處無頂面之楔形尖端形狀,且具有在當背面側上之凹槽形成時切晶刀片之頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之位置遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的情況下最大應力產生於遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的頂部區段之區域中的漸縮程度。除非包括此種切晶刀片,否則在頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之位置變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的情況下,完全無法進行對於階梯形區段即使在漸縮程度增加之情況下並不會斷裂的確認。此外,在包括複數個此等切晶刀片之情況下,與使用僅一種切晶刀片之情況相比,有助於對階梯形區段即使在漸縮程度增加之情況下並不會斷裂的確認。在已知切晶刀片之頂部區段並不會變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的情況下,並不需要包括此種切晶刀片。 As the fifth mode, it is preferable that the prepared crystal cutting blade includes all crystal cutting blades having a wedge-shaped tip shape without a top surface at the top section and having a crystal cutting blade when a groove on the back side is formed. In the case where the position of the top section in the groove width direction is far from the width of the groove on the front side, the maximum stress is generated in a degree of tapering in the region of the top section away from the width of the groove on the front side. Unless such a crystal cutting blade is included, in the case where the position of the top section in the groove width direction becomes far away from the width of the groove on the front side, it is impossible to perform the stepped section even if the degree of tapering increases. In this case, it is confirmed that there is no break. In addition, in the case where a plurality of these crystal cutting blades are included, compared with the case where only one type of crystal cutting blade is used, it is helpful to confirm that the stepped section does not break even if the degree of tapering increases. . In the case where it is known that the top section of the dicing blade does not become far away from the width of the groove on the front side, it is not necessary to include such a dicing blade.

作為第六模式,較佳應製備漸縮程度如圖15中所示以幾乎相等間隔設置的切晶刀片。此外,儘管在圖17中之S200需要製備具有至少兩種漸縮程度之切晶刀片,但為了在正面側上使用較窄且較淺之凹槽,較佳應如圖15中所示地製備具有儘可能多種類之漸縮程度的切晶刀片。 As the sixth mode, it is preferable to prepare the dicing blades having the degree of tapering as shown in FIG. 15 arranged at almost equal intervals. In addition, although S200 in FIG. 17 is required to prepare a dicing blade having at least two degrees of tapering, in order to use narrower and shallower grooves on the front side, it should preferably be prepared as shown in FIG. 15 There are as many types of tapered blades as possible.

D)基於刀片之位置與凹槽寬度之間的關係之實例 D) An example based on the relationship between the position of the blade and the width of the groove D-1)切割精確度與正面側上之凹槽之間的關係 D-1) Relationship between cutting accuracy and grooves on the front side

接下來,將在下文描述切晶刀片之尖端區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍與正面側上之凹槽140之寬度Sa之間的關係,且亦將在下文描述設計切晶刀片之尖端形狀之方法及基於該關係製造半導體晶片之方法。切晶刀片之尖端區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍係切晶刀片之尖端區段之位置由於大批生產時段中的製造之差異在凹槽寬度方向上變化的範圍。該範圍藉由製造條件判定,該等製造條件包括例如所使用之製造裝置之定位精確度及切晶刀片之變形程度(彎曲及翹曲之量)。此外,製造裝置之定位精確度包括用於偵測對準標記及其類似物之攝影機或類似者的偵測精確度且亦包括當沿著複數條線執行切割時逐漸累積之精確度。切晶刀片之彎曲及翹曲將視切晶刀片之厚度、固定切晶刀片的面之精確度及固定之方法、切割期間之應力、裝置之旋轉速度等而發生。 Next, the relationship between the variation range of the tip section of the crystal cutting blade in the groove width direction and the width Sa of the groove 140 on the front side will be described below, and the design of the crystal cutting blade will also be described below. A method of a tip shape and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer based on this relationship. The range of variation of the tip section of the cutting blade in the groove width direction is the range in which the position of the cutting section of the cutting blade changes in the groove width direction due to manufacturing differences in the mass production period. The range is determined by manufacturing conditions including, for example, the positioning accuracy of the manufacturing apparatus used and the degree of deformation (amount of bending and warping) of the crystal cutting blade. In addition, the positioning accuracy of the manufacturing device includes the detection accuracy of a camera or the like for detecting alignment marks and the like, and also includes the accuracy gradually accumulated when cutting is performed along a plurality of lines. The bending and warping of the cutting blade will occur depending on the thickness of the cutting blade, the accuracy of the surface holding the cutting blade and the method of fixing, the stress during cutting, the rotation speed of the device, and the like.

如參照圖13所述,在具有很大漸縮程度之切晶刀片中,在不具頂面之楔形頂部區段於凹槽寬度方向上遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之範圍的情況下,應力可集中於頂部區段之區域上且階梯形區段在有些情況下會斷裂。換言之,在使用具有應力集中於不具頂面之楔形頂部區段之區域上的漸縮程度之切晶刀片的情況下,較佳應決定切晶刀片之尖端形狀、正面側上之凹槽140之形狀(寬度及深度)...等而使得即使頂部區段處於頂部區段遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140在凹槽寬度方向上之範圍的製造條件與正面側上之凹槽140之寬度之間的關係中,階梯形區段亦不斷裂。 As described with reference to FIG. 13, in a dicing blade having a large degree of tapering, a range in which a wedge-shaped top section without a top surface is far from a groove 140 on a front side of a semiconductor substrate in a groove width direction Down, stress can be concentrated on the area of the top section and the stepped section will break in some cases. In other words, in the case of using a crystalline blade having a tapered degree of stress concentrated on the area of the wedge-shaped top section without the top surface, it is preferable to determine the shape of the tip of the crystalline blade and the groove 140 on the front side. Shape (width and depth) ... etc. such that even if the top section is in the top section away from the groove 140 on the front side of the semiconductor substrate, the manufacturing conditions in the range of the groove width direction and the groove 140 on the front side In the relationship between the widths, the stepped sections do not break.

另一方面,即使在具有很大漸縮程度之切晶刀片中,施加至階梯形區段之應力在其頂部區段並不因製造之差異而變得遠離正 面側上之凹槽140之寬度的製造條件之情況下並不突然改變。換言之,在不具頂面之楔形頂部區段包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件之情況下,即使在漸縮程度很大(亦即,圖15中所示的尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑為例如22μm或23μm)的情況下,階梯形區段亦不斷裂。相反地,施加至階梯形區段之最大應力變得較小,這是因為切晶刀片之漸縮程度較大。因此,出於使最大應力較小之觀點,具有大漸縮程度之切晶刀片係較佳的。 On the other hand, even in a crystal chip with a large degree of tapering, the stress applied to the stepped section does not become far away from the positive section due to manufacturing differences. The manufacturing conditions of the width of the grooves 140 on the front side do not change abruptly. In other words, in the case where there is no manufacturing condition in which the wedge-shaped top section of the top surface is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, even with a large degree of tapering (that is, the tip corner region shown in FIG. 15 When the curvature radius of the segment is, for example, 22 μm or 23 μm), the stepped segment does not break. Conversely, the maximum stress applied to the stepped section becomes smaller because the degree of tapering of the dicing blade is larger. Therefore, from the viewpoint of minimizing the maximum stress, a dicing blade having a large degree of tapering is preferred.

此外,由於不具頂面之楔形頂部區段通常形成於切晶刀片之厚度之中心處,不具頂面之楔形頂部區段並不變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的製造條件可是說是切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件。然而,在一些情況下,歸因於視當尖端形狀預先經處理時的條件而定的部分磨損及實際製造過程中之磨損狀態,不具頂面之楔形頂部區段可能會變得遠離切晶刀片之厚度之中心。換言之,不具頂面之楔形頂部區段之位置與切晶刀片之厚度之中心彼此並不始終一致。 In addition, since the wedge-shaped top section without the top surface is usually formed at the center of the thickness of the dicing blade, the manufacturing condition of the wedge-shaped top section without the top surface does not become far from the width of the groove 140 on the front side. It is a manufacturing condition that the variation range of the thickness center of the dicing blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side. However, in some cases, due to the partial wear depending on the conditions when the tip shape is pre-treated, and the wear condition in the actual manufacturing process, the wedge-shaped top section without the top surface may become far away from the cutting blade The thickness of the center. In other words, the position of the wedge-shaped top section without the top surface and the center of the thickness of the dicing blade do not always coincide with each other.

出於精確度之觀點,考量頂部區段之實際位置是否變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度係較佳的。然而,由於頂部區段通常形成於如上所述的切晶刀片之厚度之中心處,因此在考慮切晶刀片之厚度之中心位置的情況下,與什麼都不考慮的情況相比,階梯形區段之意外斷裂會被抑制。不管上述差異,由於階梯形區段之意外斷裂被類似地抑制,因此根據實例的「切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中(或變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度)的製造條件」可被當作「不具頂面之楔形頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度 中(或變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度)的製造條件」,除非另有說明且在技術上不存在矛盾。 From the viewpoint of accuracy, it is better to consider whether the actual position of the top section becomes far away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side. However, since the top section is usually formed at the center of the thickness of the crystal cutting blade as described above, when the center position of the thickness of the crystal cutting blade is considered, compared with the case where nothing is considered, the stepped area Accidental fracture of the segment will be suppressed. Regardless of the above-mentioned differences, since the accidental fracture of the stepped section is similarly suppressed, according to the example, the "variation range of the thickness center of the crystalline blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side" (Or the manufacturing conditions that become farther away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side) can be regarded as "the range of variation of the wedge-shaped top section without the top surface in the groove width direction includes the groove 140 on the front side" Width Medium (or getting away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side), unless otherwise stated and there is no technical contradiction.

在此實例中,實例中之術語「包括」亦包括頂部區段之位置與凹槽寬度完全一致的情況。另外,關於在凹槽寬度方向上切晶刀片之頂部區段之變動範圍或尖端區段之厚度之中心是否包括在正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中係依遠離寬度之狀態是否由於包括大批生產時段中之時間推移的因素之因素而出現來判斷。頂部區段或厚度之中心的變動範圍係藉由例如包括如上述所使用之製造裝置之位置精確度及切晶刀片之變形程度(彎曲及翹曲之量)而判定。然而,為了掌握切晶刀片之彎曲及翹曲量之目的,該等量需要經由實際實驗或類似者來掌握,而這需要時間及工作量。另一方面,根據目錄或類似者中所描述之規格或類似者,製造裝置之位置精確度可相對容易掌握。因此,在未掌握彎曲及翹曲之量的情況下,例如在難以掌握彎曲及翹曲之量的情況下,可能僅考慮製造裝置之位置精確度。換言之,在實例中,可視條件進行關於所使用之製造裝置之位置精確度之範圍是否包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的判斷,而非對於頂部區段之變動範圍或切晶刀片之尖端區段之厚度之中心是否包括於凹槽140之寬度中的判斷條件。在此情況下,如上所述,所使用之產品的目錄或類似者中所描述之值可被用來作為製造裝置之位置精確度之範圍。然而,在目錄或類似者中未描述規格或規格無法從製造商取得的情況下,需要進行實際量測。在此情況下,考慮到環境條件及其他條件,實際量測將進行多次,精確度之平均值及標準差係基於量測之結果計算,且藉由將標準差之三倍值(3標準差)至四倍值(4標準差)之範圍中的值加至平均值所獲得之值會被設定為製造裝置之位置精確度之範圍。在位置精確 度取決於複數個裝置之精確度位準的情況下,則使用各別裝置之精確度位準之平方平均值。 In this example, the term "including" in the example also includes the case where the position of the top section exactly matches the width of the groove. In addition, whether the variation range of the top section of the cutting blade in the groove width direction or the center of the thickness of the tip section is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side depends on whether the state far from the width includes a large number of Factors of time-lapse factors in the production period appear to judge. The range of variation of the center of the top section or thickness is determined by, for example, including the positional accuracy of the manufacturing apparatus used as described above and the degree of deformation (amount of bending and warping) of the cutting blade. However, for the purpose of grasping the amount of bending and warping of the crystal cutting blade, these amounts need to be grasped through actual experiments or the like, and this requires time and effort. On the other hand, according to the specifications or the like described in the catalog or the like, the position accuracy of the manufacturing device can be relatively easily grasped. Therefore, in a case where the amount of bending and warping is not grasped, for example, in a case where it is difficult to grasp the amount of bending and warping, only the positional accuracy of the manufacturing device may be considered. In other words, in the example, the judgment as to whether the range of the positional accuracy of the manufacturing device used is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side may be made depending on the conditions, rather than the range of variation of the top section or the cutting blade A condition for determining whether the center of the thickness of the tip section is included in the width of the groove 140. In this case, as described above, the values described in the catalogue of the products used or the like can be used as a range of the position accuracy of the manufacturing apparatus. However, in cases where specifications are not described in the catalog or the like or specifications cannot be obtained from the manufacturer, actual measurement is required. In this case, taking into account the environmental conditions and other conditions, the actual measurement will be performed multiple times. The average value and standard deviation of the accuracy are calculated based on the measurement results, and three times the standard deviation (3 standard The value obtained by adding a value in a range from a difference) to a quadruple value (4 standard deviations) to the average value is set as a range of the position accuracy of the manufacturing apparatus. Accurate in location In the case where the degree depends on the accuracy level of a plurality of devices, a square average of the accuracy levels of the respective devices is used.

關於對頂部區段是否包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的判斷所需的正面側上之凹槽之寬度,在正面側上之凹槽之寬度並非如稍後所述之圖27A至圖27D中所示恆定的情況下,自正面側上之凹槽之底部區段的位置至切晶刀片之頂部區段到達的位置的最大寬度可用來作為寬度。例如,在難以進行對於頂部區段是否包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中之判斷及無法進行判斷的情況下,即使採用了應該包括頂部區段之一實例或應該未包括頂部區段(遠離寬度)的另一實例中之任一者,亦假定其間的階梯形區段處之斷裂程度並無顯著之差異。因此,可僅任意地選擇其中之任一者。 Regarding the width of the groove on the front side required for judging whether the top section is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, the width of the groove on the front side is not as shown in FIG. 27A To the constant case shown in FIG. 27D, the maximum width from the position of the bottom section of the groove on the front side to the position reached by the top section of the dicing blade can be used as the width. For example, in a case where it is difficult to make a judgment as to whether the top section is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side and it is impossible to make a judgment, even if an example in which the top section should be included or the top section should not be included In any of the other examples (away from the width), it is also assumed that there is no significant difference in the degree of fracture at the stepped section therebetween. Therefore, only any one of them can be arbitrarily selected.

D-2)在刀片之頂部區段包括於正面側上之凹槽中的情況下 D-2) In the case where the top section of the blade is included in a groove on the front side

接下來,將基於切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上之位置與正面側上之凹槽140之寬度之間的關係來描述設計切晶刀片之尖端形狀之方法及製造半導體晶片之方法。首先說明切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件中的例示性具體例。 Next, a method of designing the tip shape of the dicing blade and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer will be described based on the relationship between the position of the dicing blade in the groove width direction and the width of the groove 140 on the front side. First, an illustrative specific example of manufacturing conditions in the variation range of the thickness center of the dicing blade in the groove width direction included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side will be described.

作為第一模式,在切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件中,可如下所述地設計切晶刀片之尖端形狀。例如,當切晶刀片之尖端形狀係根據圖7中所示之流程設計時,不需要在S200製備具有很大漸縮程度之切晶刀片。基於圖8中所示之模擬之結果,在25μm或更大之曲率半徑r之範圍中,最大應力僅變化0.1MPa。因此,製備具有尖端 拐角區段之曲率半徑為25μm或更大(尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑不小於切晶刀片之厚度)的漸縮程度之切晶刀片幾乎無意義。換言之,待製備的複數個切晶刀片可僅包括具有大於藉由不小於切晶刀片之厚度的尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑產生之應力的應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中之漸縮程度的至少一切晶刀片。具有小於產生於階梯形區段之根區域中之應力的應力之漸縮程度的切晶刀片可不被包括在內。 As a first mode, in a manufacturing condition in which a variation center of the thickness of the crystal blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, the tip of the crystal blade can be designed as follows shape. For example, when the tip shape of the dicing blade is designed according to the process shown in FIG. 7, it is not necessary to prepare a dicing blade having a large degree of tapering at S200. Based on the results of the simulation shown in FIG. 8, in the range of the radius of curvature r of 25 μm or more, the maximum stress only changed by 0.1 MPa. So the preparation has the tip A tapered blade having a degree of curvature of the corner section of 25 μm or more (the radius of curvature of the tip corner section is not less than the thickness of the chip blade) is almost meaningless. In other words, the plurality of dicing blades to be prepared may include only a tapering in the root region of the stepped section with a stress greater than the stress generated by the radius of curvature of the tip corner section not less than the thickness of the dicing blade. Degree of at least everything crystal blade. A crystal blade having a degree of tapering of a stress less than the stress generated in the root region of the stepped section may not be included.

作為第二模式,在切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件中,可使用如下所述之製造方法來製造半導體晶片。在圖17中所示之流程中確認階梯形區段因切晶刀片之尖端形狀之漸縮程度小而斷裂的漸縮程度之範圍。使用具有具備大於包括於此範圍中之漸縮程度的漸縮程度之尖端形狀的切晶刀片。相反地,不使用具有具備小於包括於此範圍中之漸縮程度的漸縮程度之尖端形狀的切晶刀片。這是因為在切晶刀片之厚度之中心包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件中,即使漸縮程度大,施加至階梯形區段之應力亦不會突然改變,不同於如圖13中所示之截口寬度很窄(Sb=11.2)且位置偏差量Ds大(Ds=7.5μm)的情況,藉此在設計中可僅考慮漸縮程度較小之側上的範圍。 As a second mode, in the manufacturing conditions in which the variation range of the thickness center of the dicing blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, a manufacturing method described below can be used to manufacture a semiconductor Wafer. In the flow shown in FIG. 17, the range of the tapered degree of fracture of the stepped section due to the small tapered shape of the tip shape of the crystal cutting blade is confirmed. A dicing blade having a tip shape having a degree of tapering greater than a degree of tapering included in this range is used. In contrast, a dicing blade having a tip shape having a degree of taper smaller than a degree of taper included in this range is not used. This is because in manufacturing conditions in which the center of the thickness of the dicing blade is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, even if the degree of tapering is large, the stress applied to the stepped section does not change suddenly, unlike As shown in FIG. 13, the width of the cutout is narrow (Sb = 11.2) and the position deviation Ds is large (Ds = 7.5μm), so that only the range on the side with a smaller degree of taper can be considered in the design .

根據圖15,階梯形區段由於小漸縮程度而斷裂的漸縮程度之範圍係尖端拐角區段之曲率半徑不大於8μm的範圍。另外,在切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件中,在階梯形區段由於背面側上之凹槽形成而斷裂的情況下,此意謂對階梯形區段之根區域的應力太大。因此,在階梯形區段由於使用具有某一漸縮程度之切晶刀片形成背面側上之凹槽而斷裂之情況下,可單純地不使用具有小於該漸縮程度之漸 縮程度的切晶刀片。 According to FIG. 15, the range of the tapered degree of fracture of the stepped section due to the small tapered degree is a range in which the radius of curvature of the tip corner section is not greater than 8 μm. In addition, in the manufacturing conditions in which the variation center of the thickness of the dicing blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, the stepped section is formed due to the formation of the groove on the back side. In the case of fracture, this means that the stress on the root region of the stepped section is too great. Therefore, in the case where the stepped section is broken due to the formation of a groove on the back side by using a crystalline blade having a certain degree of tapering, it is possible to simply not use a tape having a degree of tapering smaller than the tapering degree. Shredded blade.

作為第三模式,在切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件中,使用具有比具有如圖6D中所示在切割時作為初始尖端形狀之此半圓形尖端區段的切晶刀片之形狀漸縮更多之形狀的切晶刀片。如圖8中清楚地展示,在漸縮程度小於半圓形尖端區段(r=12.5μm)之漸縮程度的範圍(r<12.5μm)中,在漸縮程度改變之情況下,最大應力顯著地改變。另一方面,在漸縮程度大於半圓形尖端區段之漸縮程度的範圍(r>12.5μm)中,最大應力在低位準下飽和。當假定比具有半圓形形狀之尖端區段漸縮更多之尖端形狀係切割時的初始尖端形狀時,在大批生產時段中對階梯形區段之應力在低位準下被抑制的狀態即使在切晶刀片之後磨損的情況下可被維持。此外,在應力在低位準下飽和之區域的形狀形成為初始尖端形狀的情況下,施加至階梯形區段之應力之變化可被抑制且較窄且較淺的凹槽可更輕易地在正面側上被採用,即使是在製備具有初始形狀之切晶刀片時尖端形狀變動的情況下。與使用具有小於半圓形尖端區段之漸縮程度的漸縮程度之尖端形狀作為初始尖端形狀之情況相比,結果是階梯形區段之斷裂被抑制。 As a third mode, in a manufacturing condition in which the variation range of the center of the thickness of the dicing blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, a condition having a ratio greater than that shown in FIG. 6D is used. The shape of the semi-circular tip section of the semi-circular tip section which is the initial tip shape at the time of cutting tapers the shape of the more-shaped tip. As clearly shown in FIG. 8, in a range (r <12.5 μm) where the degree of taper is smaller than that of the semi-circular tip section (r = 12.5 μm), the maximum stress is the case when the degree of taper changes. Significantly changed. On the other hand, in a range (r> 12.5 μm) in which the degree of tapering is larger than that of the semicircular tip section, the maximum stress is saturated at a low level. When it is assumed that the tip shape which is tapered more than the tip section having a semicircular shape is the initial tip shape at the time of cutting, the state that the stress on the stepped section during the mass production period is suppressed at a low level even in The condition that the cutting blade is worn afterwards can be maintained. In addition, in the case where the shape of the area where the stress is saturated at a low level is formed as the initial tip shape, the change in the stress applied to the stepped section can be suppressed and the narrower and shallower groove can be more easily on the front side It is adopted on the side, even when the tip shape is changed when preparing a crystal cutting blade having an initial shape. As a result, as compared with the case where a tip shape having a degree of taper smaller than that of the semicircular tip section is used as the initial tip shape, as a result, the stepped section is suppressed from being broken.

具有比具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片漸縮更多之形狀的切晶刀片可藉由如圖17中之S200所述地處理矩形切晶刀片來製備或可藉由自其他實體(其他人)取得此切晶刀片而非在內部執行製程來製備。此外,可進行關於切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍是否包括於正面側上之凹槽之寬度中的確認,且在該範圍包括於該寬度中的情況下,可進行判定以例如使用預先具有比在切割時具有作為初始尖端形狀之半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片之形狀漸縮更 多之形狀的切晶刀片。 A crystal chip having a shape that tapers more than a crystal chip having a semi-circular tip section can be prepared by processing a rectangular crystal chip as described in S200 in FIG. 17 or can be obtained from other entities ( Others) obtained this dicing blade instead of performing the process in-house to prepare it. In addition, it is possible to confirm whether the range of variation of the center of the thickness of the crystalline blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove on the front side, and if the range is included in the width, A determination is made to use, for example, a tapered blade having a shape that is previously tapered rather than having a semi-circular tip section as an initial tip shape at the time of cutting. Multi-shaped cut crystal blades.

作為第四模式,在切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件中,可藉由使用如下所述之製造方法來製造半導體晶片。例如,在階梯形區段具有一強度以使得該階梯形區段在使用自旋轉方向看截面為矩形尖端形狀的切晶刀片之情況下斷裂的情況下,使用具有具備大於階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度之範圍的漸縮程度之尖端形狀的切晶刀片以形成背面側上之凹槽170。換言之,在如上所述這樣的情況下,使用具有漸縮以使得等於或大於能夠使階梯形區段斷裂之應力的應力不施加至階梯形區段之根區域的尖端形狀的切晶刀片形成背面側上之凹槽170。以此等製造條件,即使正面側上的凹槽之形狀窄而淺的程度可能使階梯形區段在使用通常且頻繁使用之矩形切晶刀片之情況下斷裂,可對半導體基板切晶以使得半導體晶片之階梯形區段並不會從切晶刀片施加之應力而斷裂。 As a fourth mode, in the manufacturing conditions in which the variation range of the center of the thickness of the dicing blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, it is possible to use the manufacturing method described below Manufacture of semiconductor wafers. For example, in the case where the stepped section has a strength such that the stepped section breaks when using a crystal cutting blade having a rectangular tip shape in section as viewed from the direction of rotation, a step having a larger fracture than the stepped section is used. A tapered tip-shaped dicing blade having a tapered degree range to form a groove 170 on the back side. In other words, in the case as described above, the back surface is formed using a tip-shaped dicing blade having a tapered shape having a stress that is tapered so that a stress equal to or greater than the stress capable of breaking the stepped section is not applied to the root region of the stepped section. The side groove 170. With these manufacturing conditions, even if the shape of the grooves on the front side is narrow and shallow, the stepped section may be broken under the condition of using a regular and frequently used rectangular crystal cutting blade, and the semiconductor substrate may be crystallized so that The stepped section of the semiconductor wafer does not break from the stress applied by the dicing blade.

如圖8中清楚地展示,由階梯形區段承受之應力視尖端區段之漸縮程度而改變四次或四次以上。因此,此例示性具體例係基於兩個發現:一個發現為即使正面側上之凹槽形狀狹窄而淺至階梯形區段在使用具有矩形尖端形狀之切晶刀片的情況下可能斷裂的程度,仍存在階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度,且另一發現為即使漸縮程度在切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件下變得較大,施加至階梯形區段之應力並不會突然改變。 As clearly shown in Figure 8, the stress experienced by the stepped section changes four or more times depending on the degree of tapering of the tip section. Therefore, this illustrative specific example is based on two discoveries: one was found to be the extent to which the stepped section might break even if the shape of the groove on the front side is narrow and shallow to the stepped section, using a crystal tip with a rectangular tip shape, There is still a degree of taper in which the stepped section does not break, and another finding is that the range in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side even if the degree of tapering is in the center of the thickness of the crystal cutting blade. The manufacturing conditions become larger, and the stress applied to the stepped section does not change suddenly.

藉由使用具有比半圓形尖端區段漸縮更多之尖端區段的切晶刀片或藉由使用具有小於半圓形尖端區段所產生之應力的應力 產生於階梯形區段之根區域中的漸縮程度的切晶刀片,可使用施加至階梯形區段之應力在低位準下飽和之區域。因此,該等切晶刀片之使用從應力之觀點是較佳的。 By using a chisel blade with a tapered tip section that tapers more than a semi-circular tip section or by using a stress that has less stress than the semi-circular tip section A tapered cutting blade generated in the root region of the stepped section can use a region where the stress applied to the stepped section is saturated at a low level. Therefore, the use of these crystal cutting blades is preferable from the viewpoint of stress.

D-3)在刀片之頂部區段變得遠離正面側上之凹槽的情況 D-3) When the top section of the blade becomes far away from the groove on the front side

上文已描述切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的製造條件中的例示性具體例。接下來,將在下文描述切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的製造條件中的例示性具體例。 The exemplary specific examples of the manufacturing conditions in the width of the center of the dicing blade in the groove width direction included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side have been described above. Next, an illustrative specific example in the manufacturing conditions in which the variation range of the center of the thickness of the dicing blade in the groove width direction becomes farther from the width of the groove 140 on the front side will be described below.

首先,作為第一模式,在使用具有在頂部區段處不具頂面之楔形尖端形狀的切晶刀片且頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的製造條件中,可藉由使用下文所描述之製造方法來製造半導體晶片。例如,使用切晶刀片形成背面側上之凹槽且其尖端形狀具有之漸縮程度小於最大應力施加在頂部區段之區域處而階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度的範圍。換言之,在大批生產時段中使用具有如上所述之形狀的形狀之切晶刀片。 First, as a first mode, when a chip blade having a wedge-shaped tip shape without a top surface at the top section is used, and the range of variation of the top section in the groove width direction becomes far from the width of the groove on the front side Among the manufacturing conditions, semiconductor wafers can be manufactured by using the manufacturing method described below. For example, a groove on the back side is formed using a dicing blade and its tip shape has a range of taper that is smaller than the range of taper where the maximum stress is applied at the region of the top section and the stepped section is broken. In other words, a dicing blade having a shape as described above is used in a mass production period.

利用此種製造方法,即使在不具頂面之楔形頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽寬度的製造條件中,有可能避免無意中使用之切晶刀片具有最大應力會施加在頂部區段之區域處而階梯形區段最終可能斷裂之漸縮程度的情境。結果是意外的斷裂可被抑制,與使用具有最大應力施加在頂部區段之區域處而階梯形區段斷裂之尖端形狀的切晶刀片的情況相比,階梯形區段之斷裂可藉此被有效地抑制。在最大應力施加至階梯形區段的漸縮程度之 範圍需要確認的情況下,可例如藉由執行如圖12及圖13中所示之此等應力模擬或藉由實際上形成背面側上之凹槽及藉由檢查其斷裂之狀態來進行該確認。在凹槽實際形成於背面側上且斷裂之狀態經確認的情況下,例如,在凹槽為了正面側上之窄而淺的凹槽而實際形成於背面側上的情況下,且在階梯形區段斷裂之情況下,可僅進行關於斷裂是否已出現在頂部區段之區域或根區域處的確認。 With this manufacturing method, even in a manufacturing condition in which the variation range of the wedge-shaped top section without the top surface in the groove width direction becomes far away from the groove width on the front side, it is possible to avoid an inadvertently used dicing blade A scenario with a degree of tapering where maximum stress would be applied at the area of the top section and the stepped section could eventually break. As a result, accidental fracture can be suppressed, and the fracture of the stepped section can be suppressed by this, compared with the case of using a tip-shaped crystal chip having a stepped section broken at the maximum stress applied to the region of the top section. Effectively suppressed. The degree of tapering of the maximum stress applied to the stepped section In the case where the range needs to be confirmed, the confirmation can be performed, for example, by performing such a stress simulation as shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 or by actually forming a groove on the back side and by checking the state of its fracture . In a case where the groove is actually formed on the back side and a broken state is confirmed, for example, in a case where the groove is actually formed on the back side for a narrow and shallow groove on the front side, and in a stepped shape In the case of a segmental fracture, it is only necessary to confirm whether a fracture has occurred in the region or the root region of the top segment.

作為第二模式,在使用具有在頂部區段處不具頂面之楔形尖端形狀的切晶刀片且頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的製造條件中,在漸縮程度變得在最大應力施加於頂部區段之區域處且階梯形區段斷裂(歸因於切晶刀片之磨損)的漸縮程度之範圍中之前替換切晶刀片。利用此方法,避免最大應力因切晶刀片之磨損而出現在頂部區段之區域處所造成的階梯形區段之斷裂。此外,在使用此種製造方法之情況下,藉由使用圖17中所示之設計方法,可能使用具有在每一頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之位置變得遠離正面側上之凹槽寬度的狀態下具備不同漸縮程度之尖端形狀的複數個切晶刀片形成背面側上之凹槽根據背面側上之凹槽之形成之結果確認可使用之漸縮程度及不應使用之漸縮程度、以及在漸縮程度達到從確認之結果獲得之漸縮程度之前替換該切晶刀片且不應使用該切晶刀片。 As a second mode, a manufacturing method is used in which a chip blade having a wedge-shaped tip shape without a top surface at the top section is used and the range of variation of the top section in the groove width direction becomes far from the width of the groove on the front side In the condition, the crystal cutting blade is replaced before the degree of tapering becomes in a range where the maximum stress is applied to the top section and the stepped section is broken (due to the wear of the crystal cutting blade). With this method, the maximum stress caused by the abrasion of the crystal cutting blade at the region of the top segment is prevented from breaking. Further, in the case of using such a manufacturing method, by using the design method shown in FIG. 17, it is possible to use a groove having a position in the groove width direction of each top section that becomes farther away from the front side A plurality of dicing blades having tip shapes with different degrees of tapering in the state of width are formed with grooves on the back side. The degree of tapering that can be used and the tapering that should not be used are confirmed based on the results of the grooves on the back side And the replacement of the dicing blade and the dicing blade should not be used until the degree of taper reaches the degree of taper obtained from the confirmed result.

作為第三模式,在使用具有在頂部區段處不具頂面之楔形尖端形狀的切晶刀片且頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的製造條件中,可藉由使用下文所描述之製造方法來製造半導體晶片。例如,在使用具有不具頂面之楔形尖端形狀的切晶刀片之製造條件中以及在切晶刀片具有當頂部區段在凹槽 寬度方向上之位置變得遠離正面側上之凹槽時最大應力施加至頂部區段之區域處的階梯形區段的漸縮程度之製造條件中,製造係在正面側上之凹槽之形狀(寬度及深度)及頂部區段達到之深度經設定以使得階梯形區段不因當頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之位置變得遠離正面側上之凹槽寬度時的最大應力而斷裂的條件中進行。利用此種製造方法,在切晶刀片之頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之位置變得遠離正面側上之凹槽寬度的製造條件中,即使在無意中使用具有最大應力施加至頂部區段之區域處的階梯形區段之尖端形狀的切晶刀片之情況下,階梯形區段之斷裂會被抑制。若上述設定尚未進行,則在切晶刀片之頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之位置變得遠離正面側上之凹槽寬度的情況下,意外的斷裂可能出現。由於階梯形區段之形狀係藉由正面側上之凹槽之形狀(寬度及深度)及頂部區段到達之深度而判定且階梯形區段之強度係藉由階梯形區段之形狀而判定,可假定階梯形區段之強度係藉由設定正面側上之凹槽之形狀(寬度及深度)及頂部區段到達之深度而設定。 As a third mode, a manufacturing method is used in which a crystal cutting blade having a wedge-shaped tip shape without a top surface at the top section is used, and the range of variation of the top section in the groove width direction becomes far from the width of the groove on the front side. Among the conditions, a semiconductor wafer can be manufactured by using a manufacturing method described below. For example, in a manufacturing condition using a cutting blade having a wedge-shaped tip shape without a top surface, and in the cutting blade having the top section in a groove In a manufacturing condition in which the degree of tapering of the stepped section at the area where the maximum stress is applied to the top section when the position in the width direction becomes far away from the groove on the front side, the shape of the groove on the front side is manufactured (Width and depth) and the depth reached by the top section are set so that the stepped section does not break due to the maximum stress when the position of the top section in the groove width direction becomes far away from the groove width on the front side Conditions. With this manufacturing method, in a manufacturing condition where the position of the top section of the dicing blade in the groove width direction becomes far from the width of the groove on the front side, even when the top section is inadvertently applied with the maximum stress In the case of a tip-shaped dicing blade in the stepped section in the region, breakage of the stepped section is suppressed. If the above setting has not been performed, in the case where the position of the top section of the crystal cutting blade in the groove width direction becomes far away from the groove width on the front side, an unexpected fracture may occur. Since the shape of the stepped section is determined by the shape (width and depth) of the groove on the front side and the depth reached by the top section and the strength of the stepped section is determined by the shape of the stepped section It can be assumed that the strength of the stepped section is set by setting the shape (width and depth) of the groove on the front side and the depth reached by the top section.

作為第四模式,在使用具有在頂部區段處不具頂面之楔形尖端形狀的切晶刀片且頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的製造條件中,可藉由使用下文所描述之製造方法來製造半導體晶片。例如,在尖端區段磨損從而具有在切晶刀片之使用時段期間最大應力施加至頂部區段之區域中之階梯形區段的漸縮程度之情況下,製造係在正面側上之凹槽之形狀及頂部區段到達之深度經設定以使得階梯形區段並不因最大應力而斷裂的條件中進行。利用此種製造方法,在切晶刀片之頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之位置變得遠離正面側上之凹槽寬度的製造條件中,即使在無意中使用 具有最大應力施加至頂部區段之區域處的階梯形區段之尖端形狀的切晶刀片之情況下,階梯形區段之斷裂會被抑制。若未執行上述設定,則意外的斷裂可能出現。 As a fourth mode, a manufacturing method is used in which a crystal cutting blade having a wedge-shaped tip shape having no top surface at the top section is used, and the range of variation of the top section in the groove width direction becomes far from the width of the groove on the front side Among the conditions, a semiconductor wafer can be manufactured by using a manufacturing method described below. For example, in the case where the tip section is worn so as to have a degree of tapering of the stepped section in the region where the maximum stress is applied to the top section during the use period of the crystal cutting blade, the grooves on the front side are manufactured. The shape and the depth to which the top section reaches are set so that the stepped section does not break under conditions of maximum stress. With this manufacturing method, in a manufacturing condition where the position of the top section of the dicing blade in the groove width direction becomes far away from the groove width on the front side, even if it is inadvertently used In the case of a dicing blade having a tip shape of the stepped section at the region where the maximum stress is applied to the stepped section, the stepped section is prevented from breaking. If the above settings are not performed, unexpected breakage may occur.

作為第五模式,在切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的製造條件中,可藉由使用下文所描述之製造方法來製造半導體晶片。例如,在切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的製造條件中,可僅藉由確認階梯形區段由於切晶刀片之尖端形狀之漸縮程度小而斷裂的漸縮程度之範圍及階梯形區段由於切晶刀片之尖端形狀之漸縮程度大而斷裂的漸縮程度之範圍兩者(如圖15中所示的實驗之結果中所指示)並接著藉由使用具有包括於上述兩個範圍之間的漸縮程度之範圍中之漸縮程度的尖端形狀形成背面側上之凹槽而製造半導體晶片。 As a fifth mode, in a manufacturing condition in which the variation range of the center of the thickness of the dicing blade in the groove width direction becomes far from the width of the groove 140 on the front side, it can be achieved by using a manufacturing method described below Manufacture of semiconductor wafers. For example, in a manufacturing condition in which the center of thickness of the crystal blade has a variation range in the groove width direction away from the width of the groove on the front side, the stepped section can be confirmed only by confirming the tip of the crystal blade The range of the degree of tapering of the shape is small, and the range of the degree of gradual breakage of the stepped segment is the range of the degree of gradation of the tip shape of the crystal cutting blade, and the range of the degree of tapering of the fracture is as follows: (Indicated in the results) and then a semiconductor wafer is manufactured by forming a groove on the back side using a tip shape having a degree of tapering in a range of degrees of tapering included between the above two ranges.

這樣做的原因在於,切晶刀片之尖端形狀在未確認階梯形區段由於切晶刀片之尖端形狀之大漸縮程度而斷裂的漸縮程度之範圍的情況下被判定而不顧切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的製造條件,意外的斷裂可能發生。此外,在最大應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中的漸縮程度之範圍及最大應力產生於頂部區段之區域中的漸縮程度之範圍包括於該兩個範圍之間的範圍中的情況下,背面側上之凹槽較佳應使用具有具備包括於最大應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中的漸縮程度之範圍中的漸縮程度之尖端形狀的切割構件加以形成。這是因為切割構件之壽命變得較長,其量對應於與使用具有具備包括於最大應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中的漸縮程度之範圍中之漸縮程度的尖端形狀 之切割構件之情況相比減少的漸縮程度。 The reason for this is that the tip shape of the crystalline blade is judged regardless of the thickness of the crystalline blade without confirming the range of the degree of tapering of the stepped section due to the large tapering of the crystalline tip shape. The variation range of the center of the groove in the width direction of the groove becomes far from the manufacturing conditions of the width of the groove 140 on the front side, and accidental fracture may occur. Further, the range of the degree of tapering in which the maximum stress is generated in the root region of the stepped section and the range of the degree of tapering in the region where the maximum stress is generated in the top section are included in the range between the two ranges. In this case, the groove on the back surface side should preferably be formed using a cutting member having a tip shape having a tapered degree included in a range of tapered degree in which the maximum stress is generated in the root region of the stepped section. This is because the life of the cutting member becomes longer, and its amount corresponds to the use of a tip shape having a degree of tapering in a range including a degree of tapering included in the root region of the stepped section where the maximum stress is generated. Compared to the case of cutting members, the degree of tapering is reduced.

D-4)設定正面側上之凹槽之寬度的方法及設定製造條件的方法 D-4) Method for setting width of groove on front side and method for setting manufacturing conditions

接下來,將在下文描述考慮到正面側上之凹槽之寬度與切晶刀片之頂部區段(或厚度方向中心)在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍之間的關係的設定正面側上之凹槽之寬度的方法及設定製造條件的方法。 Next, the setting on the front side will be described below considering the relationship between the width of the groove on the front side and the range of fluctuation of the top section (or thickness center) of the dicing blade in the groove width direction. Method of groove width and method of setting manufacturing conditions.

圖18為說明根據本發明之實例的設定正面側上之凹槽之寬度的方法的視圖。首先,在S300,確認切晶刀片之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍。例如,以藉由參考產品目錄或透過實際量測進行之確認來掌握切晶刀片之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍。接下來,在S310,判定正面側上之凹槽之寬度為包括於在S300所確認之變動範圍中之一寬度。接著形成具有此寬度之凹槽。利用此種設定方法,不同於如圖13中所示的截口寬度很窄(Sb=11.2)且位置偏差量Ds大(Ds=7.5μm)之情況,應力不會集中於頂部區段之區域上且階梯形區段之斷裂會被抑制。凹槽寬度之「設定」包括凹槽寬度之判定及具有該凹槽寬度之凹槽在實際基板中的形成。 FIG. 18 is a view illustrating a method of setting a width of a groove on a front side according to an example of the present invention. First, at S300, the range of variation of the center of the thickness direction of the dicing blade in the groove width direction is confirmed. For example, the variation range of the thickness direction center of the dicing blade in the groove width direction is grasped by referring to a product catalog or confirmation by actual measurement. Next, in S310, it is determined that the width of the groove on the front side is one of the widths included in the fluctuation range confirmed in S300. A groove having this width is then formed. With this setting method, unlike the case where the cut width shown in Figure 13 is narrow (Sb = 11.2) and the position deviation Ds is large (Ds = 7.5μm), the stress will not be concentrated in the top section Fracture of the upper and stepped sections will be suppressed. The "setting" of the groove width includes the determination of the groove width and the formation of a groove having the groove width in an actual substrate.

此外,在圖18中之S300,在使用具有不具頂面之楔形頂部區段之切晶刀片的情況下,頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍可被確認,且正面側上之凹槽之寬度可被判定為包括該範圍。此外,所使用之製造裝置之位置精確度之範圍可被確認且正面側上之凹槽之寬度可被判定為包括該範圍。包括該變動範圍之寬度較佳應被判定為儘可能狹窄。這是因為在正面側上之凹槽之寬度過寬的情況下,從單一基板獲取的半導體晶片之數目會減少。例如,在切晶刀片之厚度方 向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍係±3μm之情況下,正面側上之凹槽之寬度可較佳僅設定為大致6μm至9μm,亦即,切晶刀片之厚度方向中心之變動範圍的大致±50%,而非將正面側上之凹槽之寬度設定為10μm或更大。然而,在如後述之圖27A至圖27D中所示採用不具有恆定寬度之凹槽的情況下,凹槽形狀可僅被形成為使得正面側上之凹槽之底部區段之位置與切晶刀片之頂部區段到達之位置之間的最大寬度包括該變動範圍。 In addition, in S300 in FIG. 18, when a crystal cutting blade having a wedge-shaped top section without a top surface is used, the range of variation of the top section in the groove width direction can be confirmed, and the concave on the front side The width of the groove can be determined to include the range. In addition, the range of the positional accuracy of the manufacturing device used can be confirmed and the width of the groove on the front side can be determined to include the range. The width including this variation range should preferably be determined to be as narrow as possible. This is because in a case where the width of the groove on the front side is too wide, the number of semiconductor wafers obtained from a single substrate may be reduced. For example, In the case where the variation range of the center in the groove width direction is ± 3 μm, the width of the groove on the front side can be preferably set to only approximately 6 μm to 9 μm, that is, the variation range of the thickness direction center of the crystal cutting blade Rather than setting the width of the groove on the front side to 10 μm or more. However, in the case where a groove having a constant width is not used as shown in FIGS. 27A to 27D described later, the groove shape may be formed only so that the position and cutout of the bottom section of the groove on the front side The maximum width between the positions where the top section of the blade reaches includes this range of variation.

圖19為說明根據本發明之實例的設定製造條件之方法的視圖。首先,在S400,確認正面側上之凹槽之寬度。更具體言之,確認正面側上之凹槽之底部區段之位置與切晶刀片之頂部區段到達之位置之間的最大寬度。最大寬度可僅藉由例如實際量測形成於基板中的正面側上之凹槽作為確認之方法來確認。接下來,為使切晶刀片之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之經確認寬度中,在S410設定對變動範圍施加影響之製造條件。更具體言之,選擇具有切晶刀片之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽之經確認寬度中的精確度之製造裝置(諸如切晶裝置)、選擇翹曲較少且彎曲較少之切晶刀片、以及設定最佳旋轉速度。接著,建構符合如上所述已選擇及判定之製造條件的製造系統(製造線)並使用該製造系統製造半導體晶片。本文中的製造條件之「設定」意謂選擇一裝置、判定其他條件及基於該選擇及該判定製備製造系統。利用上文所述的製造條件設定方法,不同於如圖13中所示的截口寬度很窄(Sb=11.2)且位置偏差量Ds大(Ds=7.5μm)的情況,頂部區段之區域上之應力集中的可證性變低,且階梯形區段之斷裂被抑制。此外,不僅考慮到製造裝置之精確度,也考慮到製造條件(諸如,切晶刀片之 厚度、用於固定切晶刀片之固定面之精確度及固定之方法、切割期間之應力及裝置之旋轉速度),且這些可被用作防止變動範圍變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的條件。換言之,由應力集中於頂部區段之區域上引起的階梯形區段之斷裂係藉由設定對切晶刀片之變動範圍施加影響的製造條件(亦即,包括所使用之製造裝置之精確度範圍及由切晶刀片之變形(彎曲及翹曲)引起的變化之範圍的製造條件)來抑制,以使得切晶刀片之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽之寬度中。 FIG. 19 is a view illustrating a method of setting manufacturing conditions according to an example of the present invention. First, at S400, confirm the width of the groove on the front side. More specifically, the maximum width between the position of the bottom section of the groove on the front side and the position where the top section of the dicing blade is reached is confirmed. The maximum width can be confirmed only by, for example, actually measuring a groove formed on the front side in the substrate as a confirmation method. Next, in order to include the variation range of the center of the thickness direction of the crystalline blade in the groove width direction in the confirmed width on the front side, manufacturing conditions that affect the variation range are set in S410. More specifically, selecting a manufacturing device (such as a crystal cutting device) having a range of variation in the thickness direction center of the crystal cutting blade in the groove width direction including accuracy in the confirmed width of the groove on the front side, Chips with less warp and less warpage, and an optimal rotation speed. Next, a manufacturing system (manufacturing line) that meets the manufacturing conditions selected and determined as described above is constructed and a semiconductor wafer is manufactured using the manufacturing system. "Setting" of manufacturing conditions herein means selecting a device, determining other conditions, and preparing a manufacturing system based on the selection and the determination. Using the manufacturing condition setting method described above, unlike the case where the cut width as shown in FIG. 13 is narrow (Sb = 11.2) and the position deviation Ds is large (Ds = 7.5 μm), the area of the top section The verifiability of the stress concentration on the surface becomes low, and the fracture of the stepped section is suppressed. In addition, not only the accuracy of the manufacturing apparatus, but also manufacturing conditions such as Thickness, precision and method of fixing the fixed surface of the dicing blade, the stress during cutting, and the rotation speed of the device), and these can be used to prevent the range of variation from moving away from the width of the groove on the front side conditions of. In other words, the fracture of the stepped section caused by the stress concentration on the top section is achieved by setting the manufacturing conditions that affect the range of variation of the cutting blade (i.e., including the accuracy range of the manufacturing equipment used) And manufacturing conditions of the range of changes caused by the deformation (bending and warping) of the cutting blade) so that the variation range of the thickness center of the cutting blade in the groove width direction includes the depression on the front side The width of the slot.

此外,在圖19中之S410,在使用具有不具頂面之楔形頂部區段之切晶刀片的情況下,對切晶刀片之變動範圍施加影響之製造條件可經設定以使得頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於經確認寬度中。特別是在一些情況下,切晶刀片之變形(彎曲及翹曲)可不予考慮,諸如切晶刀片之厚度厚的情況或切割深度淺的情況。然而,在切晶刀片之厚度薄的情況或切割深度深的情況下,較佳應考慮該等條件之設定。 In addition, in S410 in FIG. 19, in the case of using a crystal cutting blade having a wedge-shaped top section without a top surface, manufacturing conditions that affect the range of variation of the cutting blade can be set so that the top section is concave The variation range in the groove width direction is included in the confirmed width. Especially in some cases, the deformation (bending and warping) of the crystal cutting blade may not be considered, such as a case where the thickness of the crystal cutting blade is thick or a case where the cutting depth is shallow. However, in the case where the thickness of the dicing blade is thin or the cutting depth is deep, it is preferable to consider setting these conditions.

圖20為說明根據本發明之實例的設定正面側上之凹槽之寬度的方法及設定製造條件之方法的其他實例的視圖。首先,在S500及S510,確認正面側上之凹槽之寬度及切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍。確認之細節類似於圖18及圖19中所示之細節。接下來,在S520,進行關於切晶刀片之厚度方向中心(或頂部區段)在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍是否變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的確認。在變動範圍並不變得遠離凹槽之寬度的情況下,流程前進至S540,並設定凹槽寬度及製造條件。另一方面,在變動範圍變得遠離凹槽之寬度的情況下,流程前進至S530,並至少改變正面側上之凹槽之寬度或對變 動範圍施加影響之製造條件,以使得切晶刀片之厚度方向中心(或頂部區段)在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍並不變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度。例如,用具有較高位置精確度之切晶裝置來替換該切晶裝置,藉由使刀片較厚來減少刀片之翹曲量,或最佳化諸如旋轉速度之其他條件。利用此改變,不同於如圖13中所示的截口寬度很窄(Sb=11.2)且位置偏差量Ds大(Ds=7.5μm)之情況,應力不集中於頂部區段之區域上且階梯形區段之斷裂被抑制。同樣在該實例中,當進行關於切晶刀片之中心是否變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的確認時,可僅考慮所使用之製造裝置之精確度範圍,或可考慮該精確度範圍及由切晶刀片之變形(彎曲及翹曲)引起的變動範圍兩者。 FIG. 20 is a view illustrating another example of a method of setting a width of a groove on a front side and a method of setting a manufacturing condition according to an example of the present invention. First, at S500 and S510, confirm the width of the groove on the front side and the range of variation of the cutting blade in the groove width direction. The confirmed details are similar to those shown in FIGS. 18 and 19. Next, in S520, a confirmation is made as to whether the variation range of the center (or top section) of the dicing blade in the groove width direction becomes far from the width of the groove on the front side. In the case where the range of variation does not become far from the width of the groove, the flow proceeds to S540, and the groove width and manufacturing conditions are set. On the other hand, in the case where the range of variation becomes far away from the width of the groove, the flow advances to S530, and at least the width of the groove on the front side or the opposite change is changed. The moving range exerts influence on the manufacturing conditions so that the variation range of the thickness center (or top section) of the dicing blade in the groove width direction does not become far from the width of the groove on the front side. For example, the crystal cutting device is replaced with a crystal cutting device having a higher position accuracy, the blade is warped by making the blade thicker, or other conditions such as the rotation speed are optimized. With this change, unlike the case where the cut width as shown in FIG. 13 is narrow (Sb = 11.2) and the position deviation Ds is large (Ds = 7.5 μm), the stress is not concentrated on the area of the top section and the step Fracture of the shaped section is suppressed. Also in this example, when confirming whether the center of the crystal cutting blade becomes far away from the width of the groove on the front side, only the accuracy range of the manufacturing apparatus used may be considered, or the accuracy range may be considered And both the range of variation caused by the deformation (bending and warping) of the cutting blade.

基於切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上之位置與正面側上之凹槽之寬度之間的關係的設計切晶刀片之尖端形狀之方法、製造半導體晶片之方法、設定正面側上之凹槽之寬度的方法、設定製造條件之方法等,已描述如上。在此等實例中,除非另有說明且在技術上不存在矛盾之情況下,「切晶刀片之厚度之中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中(或變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度)的製造條件」可被當作「不具頂面之楔形頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中(或變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度)的製造條件」。此外,該等製造條件亦可被當作「所使用之製造裝置之位置精確度範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中(或變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度)的製造條件」。此外,除非另有說明,不要求此等條件在從切晶刀片之使用的開始時間直到切晶刀片之替換的時段中得到滿足,而可能僅要求此等條件在使用時段之部分中得到滿足。再者,除非另有說明,可提供或可 不提供確認切晶刀片之厚度之中心或頂部區段之變動範圍是否包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的步驟。再進一步,在技術上不存在矛盾的情況下,各別實例之組構及條件可相互組合。 A method for designing a tip shape of a dicing blade, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, and a setting of a groove on the front side based on the relationship between the position of the dicing blade in the groove width direction and the width of the groove on the front side The method of the width, the method of setting the manufacturing conditions, and the like have been described above. In these examples, unless otherwise stated and there is no technical contradiction, "the variation range of the center of the thickness of the crystalline blade in the groove width direction is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side (Or the manufacturing conditions that become farther away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side) can be regarded as "the range of variation of the wedge-shaped top section without the top surface in the groove width direction includes the groove 140 on the front side" Of the width (or the width of the groove 140 on the front side that becomes farther away). In addition, these manufacturing conditions can also be regarded as "the range of position accuracy of the manufacturing device used is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side (or becomes farther away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side). Manufacturing conditions. " In addition, unless otherwise stated, these conditions are not required to be satisfied during the period from the start of the use of the dicing blade until the replacement of the dicing blade, and may only be required to be satisfied during a part of the usage period. Furthermore, unless otherwise stated, may be provided or may be A step of confirming whether the center of the thickness of the dicing blade or the range of variation of the top section is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side is not provided. Still further, the composition and conditions of the individual examples can be combined with each other without technical contradiction.

E)預先處理尖端形狀之步驟之實例 E) Examples of steps for pre-processing the shape of the tip

接下來,下文將描述製備用於實際大批生產過程的切晶刀片之步驟。此處理步驟可以或可不應用於上文所述之各別實例。在此處理步驟中,在實際大批生產過程中形成背面側上之凹槽之前,需要製備藉由例如圖17中所示之設計流程選擇之所要的尖端形狀。製備之方法可類似於圖17中之S200處所描述之方法。換言之,例如,製備具有矩形尖端形狀之切晶刀片,且提供將尖端形狀預先形成為所要尖端形狀之處理步驟。在此處理步驟中,處理所獲取之切晶刀片,直至獲得階梯形區段不會斷裂之漸縮程度。藉由該處理步驟獲得之所要的尖端形狀可為藉由圖17中所示之流程而判定之形狀或可為藉由不同於圖17之流程中所示之方法的方法所判定之形狀。此外,該處理步驟可以或可不應用於上文所述之各別實例。 Next, the steps of preparing the crystal cutting blades used in the actual mass production process will be described below. This processing step may or may not be applied to the individual examples described above. In this processing step, before forming the grooves on the back side in the actual mass production process, it is necessary to prepare a desired tip shape selected by a design flow such as shown in FIG. 17. The preparation method may be similar to the method described at S200 in FIG. 17. In other words, for example, a dicing blade having a rectangular tip shape is prepared, and a processing step of forming the tip shape into a desired tip shape in advance is provided. In this processing step, the obtained dicing blades are processed until a tapered degree in which the stepped section does not break is obtained. The desired tip shape obtained by this processing step may be a shape determined by the flow shown in FIG. 17 or may be a shape determined by a method different from the method shown in the flow of FIG. 17. Furthermore, this processing step may or may not be applied to the individual examples described above.

接下來,下文將描述將尖端形狀預先形成為所要尖端形狀之處理步驟的另一較佳具體例。作為第一模式,雖然矩形尖端形狀或其他任意尖端形狀被用於一般切晶,但在根據該實例之處理步驟中,使具有不小於使階梯形區段斷裂之應力的應力施加至階梯形區段之根區域的尖端形狀(諸如矩形形狀或接近於矩形形狀之形狀)之切晶刀片漸縮,以使得尖端形狀預先經處理以便具有階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度。例如,預先使尖端區段磨損,直至獲得階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度。利用此處理,即使切晶刀片具有不小於使階梯形區段斷 裂之應力的應力施加至階梯形區段之根區域的尖端形狀,切晶刀片亦可用作為能夠抑制階梯形區段之斷裂的切晶刀片。但在階梯形區段由於正面側上之凹槽之寬度寬且深而不斷裂的情況下,即便使用具有矩形尖端區段之切晶刀片,亦不需要該實例中之此預先處理步驟。然而,在正面側上之凹槽之寬度窄且淺之情況下,亦即,在當使用矩形尖端形狀或其他任意尖端形狀時,不小於使階梯形區段斷裂之應力的應力施加至階梯形區段之根區域的情況下,較佳應如同在該實例中提供預先處理尖端區段之步驟。 Next, another preferred specific example of the processing step of forming the tip shape in advance into a desired tip shape will be described below. As a first mode, although a rectangular tip shape or other arbitrary tip shape is used for general cutting, in the processing step according to this example, a stress having a stress not less than that for breaking the stepped section is applied to the stepped region. The tip shape of the root region of the segment, such as a rectangular shape or a shape close to a rectangular shape, is tapered so that the tip shape is processed in advance so as to have a tapered degree in which the stepped section does not break. For example, the tip section is abraded in advance until a tapered degree in which the stepped section does not break is obtained. With this process, even if the crystal cutting blade has no less than breaking the stepped section The stress of the cracking stress is applied to the tip shape of the root region of the stepped section, and the crystal cutting blade can also be used as a crystal cutting blade capable of suppressing the fracture of the stepped section. However, in the case where the stepped section is not broken due to the wide and deep grooves on the front side, even if a crystal cutting blade having a rectangular tip section is used, this pre-processing step in this example is not required. However, in the case where the width of the groove on the front side is narrow and shallow, that is, when a rectangular tip shape or any other tip shape is used, a stress not less than the stress that breaks the stepped section is applied to the stepped shape In the case of the root region of a segment, it is preferable to provide the step of pre-processing the tip segment as in this example.

作為第二模式,在預先處理尖端區段之步驟,切晶刀片相較於具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片可更為漸縮。例如,即使在當尖端區段相較於具有半圓形形狀之尖端區段並非更漸縮時而階梯形區段未斷裂的情況下,尖端區段可比半圓形尖端區段漸縮更多。這是因為,如圖8中清楚地展示,在尖端區段之漸縮程度大於半圓形切晶刀片之漸縮程度的範圍中,最大應力之變化小且應力被充分抑制,藉此即使尖端形狀改變且變得不同於處理步驟中之所要形狀,階梯形區段之根區域中之應力的變化會被抑制。結果是,與切晶刀片並不比具有半圓形尖端區段之切晶刀片漸縮更多之情況相比,階梯形區段之根區域中之應力的變化即使在尖端形狀在處理步驟中改變之情況下亦可被抑制。 As a second mode, in the step of pre-processing the tip section, the dicing blade can be more tapered than a dicing blade having a semi-circular tip section. For example, even when the stepped section is not broken when the tip section is not more tapered than the tip section with a semicircular shape, the tip section may be tapered more than the semicircular tip section . This is because, as clearly shown in FIG. 8, in a range where the degree of tapering of the tip section is larger than that of the semi-circular cutting blade, the change in the maximum stress is small and the stress is sufficiently suppressed, whereby even the tip The shape changes and becomes different from the desired shape in the processing step, and changes in stress in the root region of the stepped section are suppressed. As a result, the stress change in the root region of the stepped section changes even when the tip shape is changed in the processing step, as compared to a case where the chip is not tapered more than a chip with a semicircular tip This situation can also be suppressed.

作為第三模式,在預先處理尖端區段之步驟為將尖端區段處理成在頂部區段處不具頂面之楔形尖端形狀之步驟的情況下,預先經處理之頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍與正面側上之凹槽寬度之間的關係較佳應為預先經處理之頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中的關係。在尖端區段預先地被 處理之情況下,頂部區段之位置在一些情況下會偏離切晶刀片之厚度方向中心。因此,即使考慮處理步驟中之尖端形狀之變化,若頂部區段包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中,則由應力集中於頂部區段之區域上引起的階梯形區段之斷裂即使在尖端形狀在處理步驟中改變之情況下亦被抑制。 As a third mode, in the case where the step of pre-processing the tip section is a step of processing the tip section into a wedge-shaped tip shape having no top surface at the top section, the pre-processed top section is in the groove width direction The relationship between the fluctuation range on the front side and the groove width on the front side is preferably the relationship in which the fluctuation range in the groove width direction of the pre-treated top section is included in the groove width on the front side. Pre-treated in the tip section In the case of processing, the position of the top section may deviate from the center of the thickness direction of the dicing blade in some cases. Therefore, even if the change in the shape of the tip in the processing step is taken into account, if the top section is included in the width of the groove on the front side, the fracture of the stepped section caused by the stress concentrated on the region of the top section even at the tip The shape is also suppressed when it is changed in the processing step.

作為第四模式,在使用具有預先經處理之尖端區段之切晶刀片的情況下,切晶刀片之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍於正面側上之凹槽寬度之間的關係較佳應為切晶刀片之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中的關係。在切晶刀片於該實例之處理步驟已被漸縮的情況下,楔形頂部區段容易形成於切晶刀片之厚度方向中心處。因此,在切晶刀片之厚度方向中心之變動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中的情況下,即使在尖端區段經處理以便具有應力集中於頂部區段之區域上之漸縮程度的情況下,與該變動範圍不包括於凹槽寬度中之情況相比,由應力集中於階梯形區段之區域上引起的階梯形區段之斷裂亦被抑制。此外,即使在尖端區段並未被漸縮至應力集中於頂部區段之區域上之程度的情況下,在尖端區段因大批生產過程中之磨損而漸縮之情況下由於應力集中在階梯形區段之區域上所引起的階梯形區段之斷裂亦被抑制。 As a fourth mode, in the case where a crystal cutting blade having a previously processed tip section is used, a variation range of the thickness direction center of the crystal cutting blade in the groove width direction is between the width of the groove on the front side The relationship is preferably a relationship in which the variation range of the center of the thickness direction of the dicing blade in the groove width direction is included in the groove width on the front side. In the case where the processing steps of the crystal cutting blade have been tapered in this example, the wedge-shaped top section is easily formed at the center in the thickness direction of the crystal cutting blade. Therefore, in the case where the variation range of the center of the thickness direction of the crystal cutting blade is included in the groove width on the front side, even if the tip section is processed so as to have a tapered degree of stress concentration on the area of the top section In this case, as compared with the case where the variation range is not included in the groove width, the fracture of the stepped section caused by the stress concentrated on the stepped section region is also suppressed. In addition, even if the tip section is not tapered to such an extent that the stress is concentrated on the area of the top section, the stress is concentrated on the step when the tip section is tapered due to wear during mass production. Fracture of the stepped section caused by the region of the shaped section is also suppressed.

作為第五模式,作為切晶刀片在預先經處理之前的切晶刀片之尖端形狀,較佳應製備從旋轉方向看時截面具有實質上矩形形狀之切晶刀片。這是因為截面具有此實質上矩形形狀之切晶刀片常常被用於完全切晶且容易取得,且切晶刀片容易被處理從而藉由處理步驟具有任意漸縮程度。此外,在使用具有實質上矩形形狀之切晶刀片的情況下,較佳應進行關於階梯形區段是否會被具有預先設計步驟中 之實質上矩形形狀之切晶刀片斷裂的確認。若階梯形區段不會斷裂且在不欲改變例如正面側上之凹槽之形狀的情況下,在大批生產過程中僅可不加修改地使用具有實質上矩形形狀之切晶刀片。接著,可單純僅對階梯形區段斷裂之尖端形狀執行預先處理尖端之步驟。利用該實例,對於階梯形區段是否由於在大批生產過程中所用之尖端形狀而斷裂進行確認,而僅在階梯形區段未斷裂之情況下執行該處理步驟,由此不需要執行該處理步驟。「實質上矩形形狀」包括具有形成於尖端拐角區段處之稍微彎曲面的形狀,其歸因於作為欲使尖端形狀形成為矩形形狀之製造之結果的製造之變動及類似者。例如,為了形成矩形形狀而已被製造且已被銷售與被描述於目錄或類似者中之切晶刀片係包括於具有根據該實例之「實質上矩形形狀」的切晶刀片中,不管尖端拐角區段處之彎曲面之大小如何。 As a fifth mode, as the tip shape of the crystal cutting blade before the crystal cutting blade is processed in advance, it is preferable to prepare a crystal cutting blade having a substantially rectangular cross section when viewed from the rotation direction. This is because a crystal cutting blade having a substantially rectangular shape in cross section is often used for complete crystal cutting and easy to obtain, and the crystal cutting blade is easy to be processed so as to have an arbitrary degree of tapering by the processing steps. In addition, in the case of using a crystal cutting blade having a substantially rectangular shape, it is preferable to make a decision as to whether or not the stepped section will be provided with a pre-design step. Confirmation of fracture of the substantially rectangular shaped crystal cutting blade. If the stepped section does not break and the shape of the groove on the front side is not desired to be changed, for example, in a mass production process, a crystal cutting blade having a substantially rectangular shape may be used without modification. Then, the step of pre-treating the tip can be simply performed only on the tip shape where the stepped section is broken. Using this example, it is confirmed whether the stepped section is broken due to the tip shape used in the mass production process, and the processing step is performed only when the stepped section is not broken, so that the processing step is not required. . The "substantially rectangular shape" includes a shape having a slightly curved surface formed at a corner section of the tip, which is attributed to variations in manufacturing and the like as a result of the manufacturing of the tip shape into a rectangular shape. For example, a cutting blade that has been manufactured to be formed in a rectangular shape and has been sold and described in a catalog or the like is included in a cutting blade having a "substantially rectangular shape" according to this example, regardless of the tip corner area What is the size of the curved surface at the segment.

接下來,作為第六模式,在假定具有最大應力產生於頂部區段之區域中之漸縮程度的切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向中心)變得遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之凹槽寬度的情況下,在切晶刀片具有階梯形區段由於最大應力而斷裂之漸縮程度的情況下執行之製程將描述如下。如圖13中之模擬之結果中所示,當具有大漸縮程度之切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向中心)變得遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之寬度時,應力集中於切晶刀片之頂部區段之區域上,而非集中於半導體晶片之階梯形區段之根區域上。在被處理之半導體基板中之階梯形區段之強度無法承受此時的頂部區段之區域處之應力的情況下,階梯形區段會斷裂。對於漸縮程度是否為最大應力施加於頂部區段之區域處而階梯形區段斷裂之漸縮程度的判定不僅取決於尖端形狀,而且取決於例如所處理之半導體基板中之階梯形區段之強 度。因此,漸縮程度係藉由實際處理待處理之半導體基板或藉由執行例如另一模擬加以掌握。階梯形區段之強度取決於正面側上之凹槽140之形狀,諸如正面側上之凹槽140之寬度及深度。圖21A至圖21E展示具有最大應力施加至頂部區段之區域處之階梯形區段的尖端形狀之切晶刀片500、502、504、506及508之實例。在獲得具有此尖端形狀之切晶刀片的情況下,當嘗試不加修改且在大批生產過程中使用具有初始狀態之切晶刀片時,斷裂視尖端形狀與階梯形區段之強度或類似者之間的關係而出現在階梯形區段中。因此,需要抑制此斷裂。 Next, as a sixth mode, the top section (thickness-direction center) of the dicing blade having a tapered degree in a region where the maximum stress is generated in the top section becomes away from the groove on the front side of the semiconductor substrate In the case of a groove width of 140, the process performed when the crystal cutting blade has a tapered degree of fracture of the stepped section due to the maximum stress will be described as follows. As shown in the results of the simulation in FIG. 13, when the top section (thickness-direction center) of the dicing blade having a large tapering degree becomes farther away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side of the semiconductor substrate, the stress is concentrated On the area of the top section of the dicing blade, instead of focusing on the root area of the stepped section of the semiconductor wafer. In the case where the strength of the stepped section in the processed semiconductor substrate cannot withstand the stress at the region of the top section at this time, the stepped section may be broken. The determination of whether the degree of taper is the maximum stress applied to the region of the top section and the degree of taper of the stepped section breaking depends not only on the tip shape, but also, for example, on the stepped section in the semiconductor substrate being processed. Strong degree. Therefore, the degree of taper is grasped by actually processing the semiconductor substrate to be processed or by performing, for example, another simulation. The strength of the stepped section depends on the shape of the groove 140 on the front side, such as the width and depth of the groove 140 on the front side. 21A to 21E show examples of the dicing blades 500, 502, 504, 506, and 508 having the tip shape of the stepped section at the region where the maximum stress is applied to the top section. In the case of obtaining a crystal chip having such a tip shape, when an attempt is made to use a crystal chip having an initial state without modification and in a mass production process, the strength of the tip shape and the stepped section or the like are broken. The relationship between them appears in the stepped section. Therefore, it is necessary to suppress this fracture.

圖21A中所示之切晶刀片500具有一對側面510與520以及自該對側面510與520傾斜且線性地延伸的一對傾斜面512與522。尖的頂部區段530形成於該對傾斜面512及522之相交部分處。尖的頂部區段530之傾角θ係藉由正交於側面510及520之面H與傾斜面512及522之角或平行於切晶刀片之旋轉軸線之面H與傾斜面512及522之角界定。此外,該對側面510及520之間的距離對應於截口寬度Sb。 The crystal cutting blade 500 shown in FIG. 21A has a pair of side surfaces 510 and 520 and a pair of inclined surfaces 512 and 522 inclined and linearly extending from the pair of side surfaces 510 and 520. A pointed top section 530 is formed at the intersection of the pair of inclined surfaces 512 and 522. The angle of inclination θ of the pointed top section 530 is the angle between the plane H orthogonal to the sides 510 and 520 and the inclined planes 512 and 522 or the plane H parallel to the axis of rotation of the cutting blade and the angles of the inclined planes 512 and 522 Define. In addition, the distance between the pair of side surfaces 510 and 520 corresponds to the cut width Sb.

圖21B中所示之切晶刀片502具有形成於圖21A中所示之尖的頂部區段530處的平坦面(頂面)532。在此情況下,平行於平坦面532之面H與傾斜面512及522之夾角為頂部區段(頂面)之傾角θ。在圖21C中所示之切晶刀片504中,自該對側面510及520延伸之傾斜面514及524是彎曲的,且尖的頂部區段534形成於傾斜面514及524之相交部分處。在圖21D中所示之切晶刀片506中,具有直線形狀之側面510與自另一側面520傾斜地延伸之傾斜面522相交,且尖的頂部區段536形成於相交處。圖21E中所示之切晶刀片508具有形成於圖21D中所示之切晶刀片之尖的頂部區段536處的平坦面(頂面) 532。 The dicing blade 502 shown in FIG. 21B has a flat surface (top surface) 532 formed at the pointed top section 530 shown in FIG. 21A. In this case, the angle between the surface H parallel to the flat surface 532 and the inclined surfaces 512 and 522 is the inclination angle θ of the top section (top surface). In the dicing blade 504 shown in FIG. 21C, the inclined surfaces 514 and 524 extending from the pair of sides 510 and 520 are curved, and a pointed top section 534 is formed at the intersection of the inclined surfaces 514 and 524. In the dicing blade 506 shown in FIG. 21D, the side surface 510 having a straight shape intersects with the inclined surface 522 extending obliquely from the other side 520, and a pointed top section 536 is formed at the intersection. The dicing blade 508 shown in FIG. 21E has a flat surface (top surface) formed at the top section 536 of the tip of the dicing blade shown in FIG. 21D. 532.

圖21A至圖21E中所示之切晶刀片(其中最大應力施加於頂部區段之區域處)被拿來作為實例且可具有除上文所述之組構外的組構。例如,在最大應力施加於頂部區段之區域處的形狀之範圍中,頂部區段之傾角θ可任意設定,且圖21A中所示之傾斜面512及522可具有彼此不同之傾角(換言之,該等傾斜面相對於厚度之中心線可以不是線性地對稱)。另外,在最大應力施加於頂部區段之區域處的形狀之範圍中,圖21B中所示之平坦面532可彎曲為凸出形狀,或平坦面可形成於圖21C中所示之頂部區段534處。 The dicing blade shown in FIGS. 21A to 21E (where the maximum stress is applied at the region of the top section) is taken as an example and may have a configuration other than the configuration described above. For example, in the range of the shape at the region where the maximum stress is applied to the top section, the inclination angle θ of the top section may be arbitrarily set, and the inclined surfaces 512 and 522 shown in FIG. 21A may have different inclination angles (in other words, The inclined surfaces may not be linearly symmetrical with respect to the centerline of the thickness). In addition, in the range of the shape at the region where the maximum stress is applied to the top section, the flat surface 532 shown in FIG. 21B may be bent into a convex shape, or the flat surface may be formed in the top section shown in FIG. 21C. 534 places.

在將於尖端區段處具有楔形形狀(其中最大應力施加在頂部區段之區域處)之切晶刀片用於大批生產過程之情況下,且在每一切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向中心)變得遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之寬度且階梯形區段無法承受該應力的情況下,斷裂出現在階梯形區段處。更具體言之,在切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向中心)包括於半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的情況下,沒有斷裂會出現在階梯形區段處。然而,在頂部區段由於製造之偏差而變得遠離正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的情況下,斷裂出現在階梯形區段處。因此,相較於例如製造之偏差小且切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向中心)始終包括於正面側上之凹槽140之寬度中的情況,在生產量之中的斷裂比率會增加。 In the case where a crystal cutting blade which will have a wedge shape at the tip section (where the maximum stress is applied at the top section) is used in a mass production process, and at the top section (thickness-direction center) of each crystal blade In the case where the width of the groove 140 on the front side of the semiconductor substrate becomes far away and the stepped section cannot withstand the stress, a fracture occurs at the stepped section. More specifically, in the case where the top section (thickness-direction center) of the dicing blade is included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side of the semiconductor substrate, no breakage occurs at the stepped section. However, in the case where the top section becomes farther away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side due to manufacturing variations, a fracture occurs at the stepped section. Therefore, compared with, for example, the case where the manufacturing variation is small and the top section (thickness center in the thickness direction) of the dicing blade is always included in the width of the groove 140 on the front side, the breakage ratio in the throughput is increased.

因此,在該實例中,在此種切晶刀片將量產之情況下,切晶刀片之尖端形狀會被預先處理,以使得由產生於頂部區段之區域中之應力造成的階梯形區段之斷裂被抑制。圖22為說明根據實例之第一處理方法的流程圖。首先,進行關於切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向 中心)在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍是否包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中的確認(在S600)。例如藉由包括所使用之製造裝置(切晶裝置)之位置精確度及切晶刀片之變形程度(彎曲及翹曲之量)的製造條件來判定頂部區段或其厚度之中心的變動範圍。然而,出於掌握切晶刀片之彎曲及翹曲的量之目的,該等量需要經由實際實驗或類似者來掌握,而這需要時間及工作量。另一方面,根據目錄或類似者中所描述之規範或類似者,製造裝置之位置精確度可相對容易掌握。因此,在彎曲及翹曲之量難以掌握的情況下,可單純僅考慮製造裝置之位置精確度。此確認係由負責尖端形狀之處理之人進行。 Therefore, in this example, in the case where such a crystal cutting blade is to be mass-produced, the tip shape of the crystal cutting blade is pre-processed so that the stepped section caused by the stress generated in the region of the top section The fracture is suppressed. FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating a first processing method according to an example. First, proceed to the top section (thickness direction) Confirmation of whether the fluctuation range in the groove width direction is included in the groove width on the front side (at S600). For example, the range of variation of the top section or the center of its thickness is determined by manufacturing conditions including the position accuracy of the manufacturing device (crystal cutting device) used and the degree of deformation (amount of bending and warping) of the crystal cutting blade. However, for the purpose of grasping the amount of bending and warping of the crystal cutting blade, such amount needs to be grasped through actual experiments or the like, and this requires time and effort. On the other hand, according to specifications or the like described in the catalog or the like, the position accuracy of the manufacturing device can be relatively easily grasped. Therefore, when it is difficult to grasp the amount of bending and warping, only the accuracy of the position of the manufacturing device can be considered. This confirmation is made by the person responsible for the handling of the tip shape.

在變動範圍包括於凹槽寬度中之情況下,流程前進至S610,且判定具有如圖21A至圖21E中所示者之一這樣的楔形尖端形狀之切晶刀片從開始時被不加修改地用於大量生產。在切晶刀片之頂部區段包括於凹槽寬度中之製造條件中,即使連續地使用具有楔形尖端區段之切晶刀片,施加至階梯形區段之應力亦不會突然改變,有別於如圖13中所示之截口寬度很窄(Sb=11.2)且位置偏差量Ds大(Ds=7.5μm)的情況,階梯形區段之斷裂藉此被抑制。然而,步驟S610並不欲完全禁止對切晶刀片之尖端區段之尖端形狀的處理,但尖端區段可經處理以便視需要形成為具有任意漸縮程度的形狀,其條件為該形狀不導致階梯形區段之斷裂。 In the case where the range of variation is included in the groove width, the flow advances to S610, and it is judged that the dicing blade having a wedge-shaped tip shape as shown in one of FIGS. 21A to 21E has been unmodified from the beginning. For mass production. In the manufacturing condition in which the top section of the crystal cutting blade is included in the groove width, the stress applied to the stepped section does not change suddenly even if the crystal cutting blade having a wedge-shaped tip section is continuously used, which is different from As shown in FIG. 13, in the case where the cut width is narrow (Sb = 11.2) and the position deviation Ds is large (Ds = 7.5 μm), the stepped section fracture is thereby suppressed. However, step S610 does not intend to completely prohibit the processing of the tip shape of the tip section of the crystal cutting blade, but the tip section may be processed so as to form a shape with an arbitrary degree of taper as needed, provided that the shape does not cause Fracture of stepped section.

另一方面,在頂部區段不包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中的情況下,流程前進至S620,且尖端形狀經處理以使切晶刀片之尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小(以使得漸縮程度緩和)。換言之,尖端區段經處理以便具有最大應力不施加於切晶刀片之頂部區段之區域處且階梯形區段不斷裂的漸縮程度。若在頂部區段變得遠離正面側上之凹槽寬 度的製造條件中使用具有大漸縮程度之切晶刀片,則階梯形區段之斷裂率隨著切晶的繼續而變得較高。另一方面,在尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小的情況下,由頂部區段施加之應力被分散且沒有大應力集中地施加至階梯形區段的一個點,階梯形區段斷裂之可能性因此變得較低。 On the other hand, in the case where the top section is not included in the groove width on the front side, the flow advances to S620, and the tip shape is processed so that the degree of tapering of the tip section of the dicing blade becomes smaller. (To ease the degree of tapering). In other words, the tip section is processed so as to have a tapered degree where the maximum stress is not applied to the region of the top section of the cutting blade and the stepped section is not broken. If the top section becomes wider away from the groove on the front side In the manufacturing conditions of the degree of use of the crystal chip with a large degree of tapering, the fracture rate of the stepped section becomes higher as the crystal continues. On the other hand, when the degree of tapering of the tip section becomes smaller, the stress applied by the top section is dispersed and applied to a point of the stepped section without large stress concentration, and the stepped section is broken The probability becomes lower.

接下來,下文將描述用於改變漸縮程度之特定處理方法。切晶刀片能夠切割由GaAs、藍寶石、玻璃、矽等製成的各種類型之基板。此等切晶刀片包括電鑄刀片(其中鑽石研磨粒或類似者藉由金屬電鍍而黏結在由鋁或類似者製成之基板的側面上)、類樹脂刀片(其中鑽石研磨粒或類似者係用樹脂黏合劑黏結)及金屬刀片(其中鑽石研磨粒或類似者經烘烤且使用金屬黏合劑固化)。此切晶刀片之組構係視被切割之基板的類型決定。當切晶刀片被反覆地用於切割時,切晶刀片之尖端區段逐漸磨損而變成在一些情況下不適合於切割之形狀。例如,切晶刀片之尖端區段變得過度漸縮或不均勻地磨損,由此在一些情況下形成未預期的形狀。在這樣的情況下,切晶刀片之尖端區段的再處理(修整)被稱為使切晶刀片之尖端形狀返回所要形狀的方法。在該實例中,用於再處理如上所述已變形之尖端區段的此技術被用以處理最大應力施加在頂部區段之區域處的切晶刀片之尖端形狀。 Next, a specific processing method for changing the degree of tapering will be described below. The crystal cutting blade can cut various types of substrates made of GaAs, sapphire, glass, silicon and the like. These dicing blades include electroformed blades in which diamond abrasive particles or the like are bonded to the side of a substrate made of aluminum or the like by metal plating, and resin-like blades in which diamond abrasive particles or the like are Bonded with resin adhesive) and metal blades (where diamond abrasive particles or the like are baked and cured with a metal adhesive). The structure of the crystal cutting blade depends on the type of the substrate to be cut. When the crystal cutting blade is repeatedly used for cutting, the tip section of the crystal cutting blade gradually wears out and becomes a shape that is not suitable for cutting in some cases. For example, the tip section of the dicing blade becomes excessively tapered or unevenly worn, thereby forming an unexpected shape in some cases. In such a case, the reprocessing (trimming) of the tip section of the dicing blade is called a method of returning the shape of the tip of the dicing blade to a desired shape. In this example, this technique for reprocessing the deformed tip section as described above is used to process the tip shape of the dicing blade where the maximum stress is applied at the region of the top section.

圖23A及圖23B展示用於處理切晶刀片之尖端區段之典型處理裝置的實例。圖23A為該處理裝置之示意性平面圖,而圖23B為該處理裝置之示意性截面圖。該處理裝置具有安裝於平坦支撐基底600上的用於處理切晶刀片之尖端形狀之塑形板610、於塑形板610上方在三維方向上可移動之馬達620及用於將切晶刀片630可拆卸地安裝於馬達620之旋轉軸上的夾盤640。 23A and 23B show an example of a typical processing apparatus for processing a tip section of a dicing blade. FIG. 23A is a schematic plan view of the processing apparatus, and FIG. 23B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the processing apparatus. The processing device has a shaping plate 610 mounted on a flat support base 600 for processing the tip shape of a crystal cutting blade, a motor 620 movable in three dimensions above the shaping plate 610, and a cutting blade 630 The chuck 640 is detachably mounted on a rotation shaft of the motor 620.

塑形板610係用於處理切晶刀片之尖端形狀的所謂修整板並由適於切晶刀片之處理的材料製成。例如,塑形板610係使用比切晶刀片之黏合劑硬的黏合劑製成且由大於切晶刀片之研磨粒的研磨粒形成。馬達620可藉由未圖示之驅動機構在X、Y及Z方向上移動。因此,固定至馬達620之切晶刀片630被定位於塑形板610上且當馬達620在Z方向上移動時切割塑形板610。 The shaping plate 610 is a so-called trimming plate for processing the tip shape of a crystal cutting blade and is made of a material suitable for the processing of the crystal cutting blade. For example, the shaping plate 610 is made of an adhesive harder than that of a crystal cutting blade and is formed of abrasive particles larger than the abrasive particles of the crystal cutting blade. The motor 620 can be moved in the X, Y, and Z directions by a driving mechanism (not shown). Therefore, the crystal cutting blade 630 fixed to the motor 620 is positioned on the shaping plate 610 and cuts the shaping plate 610 when the motor 620 moves in the Z direction.

在切晶刀片630之尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小的情況下,首先,將如圖21A至圖21E中之一者中所示的此切晶刀片安裝於馬達620之旋轉軸上。接下來,藉由在X及Y方向上移動馬達620而將切晶刀片630定位於塑形板610上,且馬達620以恆定速度旋轉。接下來,馬達620在Z方向上降低,以使得切晶刀片630以恆定切割深度切割塑形板610。切割深度為例如大致若干μm。接著,馬達620在X方向上(在平行於馬達620之旋轉軸之方向上)移動,且馬達620在Z方向上進一步降低,由此使切晶刀片630以若干μm之切割深度執行切割。藉由如上所述在Z及X方向上重複切割而使切晶刀片630之尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小。 In the case where the degree of tapering of the tip section of the crystal cutting blade 630 becomes smaller, first, this crystal cutting blade as shown in one of FIGS. 21A to 21E is mounted on the rotation shaft of the motor 620 . Next, the cutting blade 630 is positioned on the shaping plate 610 by moving the motor 620 in the X and Y directions, and the motor 620 rotates at a constant speed. Next, the motor 620 is lowered in the Z direction so that the crystal cutting blade 630 cuts the shaping plate 610 with a constant cutting depth. The cutting depth is, for example, approximately several μm. Next, the motor 620 moves in the X direction (in a direction parallel to the rotation axis of the motor 620), and the motor 620 is further lowered in the Z direction, thereby causing the crystal cutting blade 630 to perform cutting with a cutting depth of several μm. By repeating cutting in the Z and X directions as described above, the degree of tapering of the tip section of the dicing blade 630 becomes smaller.

在圖24A至圖24C中展示在圖21A至圖21E中所示之切晶刀片經處理以使切晶刀片之尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小後的切晶刀片之尖端區段的狀態。圖24A中所示之切晶刀片500A及502A分別對應於圖21A及圖21B中所示之切晶刀片500及502。在切晶刀片500A及502A中之每一者的尖端區段處,形成傾斜面512及522,且平坦面(頂面)532A藉由使尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小而形成於該等傾斜面之間。當漸縮程度進一步變得較小時,傾斜面512及522被移除,且尖端形狀可形成為如圖5G中所示之此幾乎矩形形狀。圖24B 中所示之切晶刀片504A對應於圖21C中所示之切晶刀片504。平坦面534A係藉由使尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小而形成於傾斜面514及524之間。圖24C中所示之切晶刀片506A及508A分別對應於圖21D及圖21E中所示之切晶刀片506及508。平坦面536A係藉由使尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小而形成於頂部區段處。 Figures 24A to 24C show the cutting edge of the cutting blade of the cutting blade shown in Figures 21A to 21E after being processed so that the degree of tapering of the cutting edge of the cutting blade becomes smaller. status. The dicing blades 500A and 502A shown in FIG. 24A correspond to the dicing blades 500 and 502 shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B, respectively. At the tip section of each of the crystal cutting blades 500A and 502A, inclined surfaces 512 and 522 are formed, and a flat surface (top surface) 532A is formed by making the degree of tapering of the tip section smaller. Between the inclined planes. When the degree of tapering further becomes smaller, the inclined surfaces 512 and 522 are removed, and the tip shape may be formed into this almost rectangular shape as shown in FIG. 5G. Figure 24B The dicing blade 504A shown in FIG. 2 corresponds to the dicing blade 504 shown in FIG. 21C. The flat surface 534A is formed between the inclined surfaces 514 and 524 by making the degree of tapering of the tip section smaller. The dicing blades 506A and 508A shown in FIG. 24C correspond to the dicing blades 506 and 508 shown in FIGS. 21D and 21E, respectively. The flat surface 536A is formed at the top section by making the degree of tapering of the tip section smaller.

圖24A至圖24C中所示之形狀為尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小之形狀的實例,但形狀不限於此等形狀。例如,可藉由視塑形板610之材料及處理條件(Z方向上之切割深度、X方向上之切割次數、塑形板之設定角度等)而適當地調整平坦面532A、534A及536A之寬度、傾斜面512及522之間的距離等來改變漸縮程度。此外,若尖端區段之漸縮程度變得過小(亦即,尖端區段之形狀形成為過度接近於矩形形狀之形狀),儘管最大應力並不產生於頂部區段之區域中,最大應力產生於階梯形區段之根區域中,且應力在一些情況下可導致階梯形區段之根區域處之斷裂。在此情況下,僅可使漸縮程度變小至斷裂不出現在階梯形區段之根區域處的程度。例如,在尖端區段形成為圖24A至圖24C中之一者中所示的形狀後,尖端區段可藉由使用前述用於處理尖端區段的半導體基板而進一步形成為具有如圖5B中所示之此種彎曲面的此種形狀。此外,尖端區段可藉由僅使用用於尖端區段之處理的半導體基板而非使用參看圖23A及圖23B所描述之處理方法而形成為所要的形狀。 The shapes shown in FIGS. 24A to 24C are examples of shapes in which the degree of tapering of the tip section becomes smaller, but the shapes are not limited to these shapes. For example, depending on the material and processing conditions of the shaping plate 610 (cutting depth in the Z direction, number of cuts in the X direction, setting angle of the shaping plate, etc.), the thickness of the flat surfaces 532A, 534A, and 536A can be appropriately adjusted. The width, the distance between the inclined surfaces 512 and 522, and the like change the degree of taper. In addition, if the degree of tapering of the tip section becomes too small (that is, the shape of the tip section is formed to be too close to a rectangular shape), although the maximum stress does not occur in the region of the top section, the maximum stress occurs In the root region of the stepped section, and in some cases stress can cause fractures at the root region of the stepped section. In this case, only the degree of tapering can be made small to the extent that fracture does not occur at the root region of the stepped section. For example, after the tip section is formed into the shape shown in one of FIGS. 24A to 24C, the tip section may be further formed to have a shape as shown in FIG. 5B by using the aforementioned semiconductor substrate for processing a tip section. This shape of this curved surface is shown. In addition, the tip section can be formed into a desired shape by using only a semiconductor substrate for processing of the tip section instead of using the processing method described with reference to FIGS. 23A and 23B.

在將具有最大應力施加在頂部區段之區域處之漸縮程度的切晶刀片用於大批量生產的情況下,可藉由視需要使尖端區段之漸縮程度變得較小來獲得階梯形區段之斷裂率受抑制以便適合於大批量生產的切晶刀片。在上述第一處理方法中,圖22中之S600處的條 件性分支步驟可為負責尖端形狀之處理之人實際上進行「是」或「否」判斷之判斷步驟,或可為負責尖端形狀之處理之人不進行任何判斷的簡單條件性分支。換言之,在每一條件性分支中,「是」或「否」判斷可為關於分支中之條件最終是否已滿足的判斷,且並不始終需要由負責尖端形狀之處理之人進行的判斷。 In the case where a cutting blade having a tapered degree at which the maximum stress is applied to the area of the top section is used for mass production, a step can be obtained by making the tapered degree of the tip section smaller if necessary. The fracture rate of the shaped section is suppressed so as to be suitable for mass-produced crystal cutting blades. In the above first processing method, the bar at S600 in FIG. 22 The conditional branch step may be a judgment step in which the person responsible for the processing of the tip shape actually makes a "yes" or "no" judgment, or a simple conditional branch in which the person responsible for the processing of the tip shape does not make any judgment. In other words, in each conditional branch, a "yes" or "no" judgment can be a judgment as to whether the conditions in the branch have finally been satisfied, and it is not always necessary to be judged by the person responsible for the processing of the tip shape.

接下來,在具有最大應力施加在切晶刀片之頂部區段之區域處之漸縮程度的切晶刀片中,且在假定該切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向中心)變得遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的情況下,在使用具有階梯形區段由於最大應力而斷裂之漸縮程度的切晶刀片的情況下的第二處理方法將描述如下。圖25為說明該第二處理方法之流程圖。不同於第一處理方法之情況,在該第二處理方法中,不論切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向中心)是否包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中,皆假定頂部區段不包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中,且頂部區段經處理以使漸縮程度變得較小,由此獲得最大應力不提供於頂部區段之區域處且階梯形區段不斷裂的漸縮程度(在S700),且將此方法用於大批量生產。作為一實例,在使用具有如圖21A至圖21E中之一者中所示之此尖端形狀之一切晶刀片的情況下,尖端區段例如藉由使用類似於第一處理方法之方法而形成為具有如圖5B中所示之此彎曲面的形狀,且將該切晶刀片用於大批生產過程。如上所述,利用第二處理方法,並不需要關於切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度方向中心)是否包括於正面側上之凹槽寬度中的確認。 Next, in the crystal chip having a degree of taperedness at the region where the maximum stress is applied to the top section of the crystal chip, and it is assumed that the top section (the center in the thickness direction) of the crystal chip becomes away from the semiconductor substrate In the case of the width of the groove 140 on the front side, a second processing method in the case of using a crystal cutting blade having a tapered degree of stepped section fracture due to the maximum stress will be described as follows. FIG. 25 is a flowchart illustrating the second processing method. Different from the first processing method, in this second processing method, it is assumed that the top section is not included in the groove width on the front side regardless of whether the top section (thickness center) of the dicing blade is included in the groove width on the front side. In the groove width on the front side, and the top section is processed to make the degree of taper smaller, thereby obtaining a degree of taper where the maximum stress is not provided at the region of the top section and the stepped section does not break (At S700) and use this method for mass production. As an example, in the case where a crystal blade having such a tip shape as shown in one of FIGS. 21A to 21E is used, the tip section is formed, for example, by using a method similar to the first processing method as It has the shape of this curved surface as shown in FIG. 5B, and the crystal cutting blade is used in a mass production process. As described above, with the second processing method, it is not necessary to confirm whether the top section (thickness direction center) of the dicing blade is included in the groove width on the front side.

在上述第一及第二處理方法中,在自其他實體獲取之切晶刀片之尖端區段已漸縮的情況下,上文已描述切晶刀片之尖端形狀經處理以使得形狀適合於大批量生產的實例。然而,第一及第二處理 方法不限於該實例,而亦可應用於在尖端區段之漸縮程度隨著切晶刀片被連續地使用而變大的情況下再次使漸縮程度變得較小的處理。在彼情況下,例如,上述處理方法可如下所述地僅應用於替換切晶刀片之時機。此外,該等處理步驟可不在內部執行,而可藉由其他實體執行。 In the above first and second processing methods, in the case where the tip section of the crystal cutting blade obtained from other entities has been tapered, the shape of the tip of the crystal cutting blade described above is processed to make the shape suitable for large batches. Examples of production. However, the first and second processing The method is not limited to this example, but can also be applied to a process of making the degree of taper smaller again when the degree of taper of the tip section becomes larger as the crystal cutting blade is continuously used. In that case, for example, the above-mentioned processing method may be applied only to the timing of replacing the cutting blade as described below. In addition, these processing steps may not be performed internally, but may be performed by other entities.

F)關於刀片之替換之實例 F) Examples of blade replacement

接下來,將在下文描述切晶刀片之替換時機。當連續地使用切晶刀片時,切晶刀片逐漸磨損且切晶刀片之尖端形成為如圖26中所示之楔形形狀。即使在尖端磨損成此楔形形狀之情況下,在切晶刀片之尖端處之頂部區段不變得遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的製造條件中,即使連續地使用磨損的切晶刀片,階梯形區段之斷裂亦被抑制,如自圖13中所示的模擬之結果所能理解。然而,在關於切晶刀片之尖端處之頂部區段變得遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽之寬度的位置精確度之製造條件之情況下,階梯形區段之斷裂率隨著切晶連續地執行而變得較高。 Next, the replacement timing of the dicing blade will be described below. When the crystal cutting blade is continuously used, the crystal cutting blade is gradually worn and the tip of the crystal cutting blade is formed into a wedge shape as shown in FIG. 26. Even in a case where the tip is worn into this wedge shape, in a manufacturing condition in which the top section at the tip of the dicing blade does not become far away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side of the semiconductor substrate, even if the worn In the dicing blade, the fracture of the stepped section is also suppressed, as can be understood from the results of the simulation shown in FIG. 13. However, in the case of manufacturing conditions regarding the positional accuracy of the top section at the tip of the dicing blade becoming far away from the width of the groove on the front side of the semiconductor substrate, the fracture rate of the stepped section varies with the dicing Continuously executed to become higher.

圖中之虛線700指示根據實例之切晶刀片300之初始形狀的實例,且圖中之實線710指示磨損的切晶刀片300之楔形形狀。在切晶刀片300之形狀700的情況下,即使在切晶刀片300之頂部區段由於製造偏差及類似者而變得遠離半導體基板W之正面側上之凹槽140之寬度的情況下,應力亦藉由尖端區段之彎曲面分散。因此,大應力並不集中地施加至階梯形區段之一個點,而階梯形區段之斷裂之可能性低。另一方面,在磨損的切晶刀片之形狀710之情況下,儘管尖端區段具有彎曲面,但尖端區段漸縮。因此,應力容易集中地施加至 階梯形區段之一個點,且斷裂720容易圍繞該部分出現在階梯形區段處。 The dashed line 700 in the figure indicates an example of the initial shape of the dicing blade 300 according to the example, and the solid line 710 in the figure indicates the wedge shape of the worn dicing blade 300. In the case of the shape 700 of the dicing blade 300, even in a case where the top section of the dicing blade 300 becomes far away from the width of the groove 140 on the front side of the semiconductor substrate W due to manufacturing variations and the like, stress Also dispersed by the curved surface of the tip section. Therefore, large stress is not concentratedly applied to one point of the stepped section, and the possibility of fracture of the stepped section is low. On the other hand, in the case of a worn dicing blade shape 710, although the tip section has a curved surface, the tip section gradually shrinks. Therefore, stress is easily concentratedly applied to A point of the stepped section, and the break 720 easily appears at the stepped section around the part.

因此,在該實例中,在尖端區段形成為最大應力施加在頂部區段之區域處且階梯形區段由於切晶刀片之磨損而斷裂的楔形形狀之前,停止切晶刀片之使用且用新的切晶刀片替換該切晶刀片。換言之,在切晶時施加至階梯形區段之應力由於切晶刀片之磨損而達到預定應力的情況下,即使在切晶刀片之壽命過期之前,用新的切晶刀片替換該切晶刀片。作為一實例,在關於切晶刀片之尖端處之頂部區段變得遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽之寬度的位置精確度之製造條件之情況下,以不同於切晶刀片之壽命期滿的上述時機替換切晶刀片。在普通完全切晶中,在尖端區段由於磨損而漸縮的狀態下,諸如剝落之斷裂可例如由於切晶時之振動及切晶刀片通過半導體基板時所產生之衝擊而出現。因此,在普通完全切晶中,以實驗方式且憑經驗來掌握該時機,判定切晶刀片之壽命之期滿,且基於該壽命替換切晶刀片。另一方面,在該實例中,甚至在基於諸如剝落之斷裂判定的切晶刀片之壽命期滿之前就替換切晶刀片。 Therefore, in this example, before the tip section is formed into a wedge shape where the maximum stress is applied to the top section and the stepped section is broken due to the wear of the crystal blade, the use of the crystal blade is stopped and a new one is used. Replaces the dicing blade. In other words, in the case where the stress applied to the stepped section during dicing reaches a predetermined stress due to the abrasion of the dicing blade, even before the life of the dicing blade expires, the dicing blade is replaced with a new dicing blade. As an example, in the case of manufacturing conditions regarding the position accuracy of the width of the top section at the tip of the dicing blade away from the groove on the front side of the semiconductor substrate, the life time of the dicing blade is different from that of the dicing blade. The above timing is full to replace the crystal cutting blade. In the ordinary full-cut crystal, in a state where the tip section is tapered due to abrasion, cracks such as spalling may occur, for example, due to vibration when the crystal is cut and impact generated when the crystal-cutting blade passes through the semiconductor substrate. Therefore, in ordinary complete cutting, the timing is grasped experimentally and empirically, the expiration of the life of the cutting blade is determined, and the cutting blade is replaced based on the life. On the other hand, in this example, the dicing blade is replaced even before the life of the dicing blade based on the fracture judgment such as flaking is expired.

此外,針對關於尖端形狀是否已達到預定楔形形狀的判斷且針對關於應力是否已達到預定應力的判斷,掌握大批生產過程中可允許的斷裂程度(斷裂率或類似者)與尖端區段之形狀之間的關係及斷裂程度與應力之間的關係,且經由預先實驗、模擬等來預先獲得製造條件(待使用之切晶刀片之數目),包括例如總切晶時間、切晶之總距離及要進行切晶且直至達到尖端區段之上述形狀及上述應力所需的半導體基板之總數。接著,在大批生產過程中,在製造條件指示此等切晶刀片之磨損程度已達到預定條件的情況下,可僅判斷尖端形狀已達 到預定楔形形狀且應力已達到預定應力。 In addition, for the judgment as to whether the tip shape has reached the predetermined wedge shape and the judgment as to whether the stress has reached the predetermined stress, grasp the allowable degree of fracture (fracture rate or the like) in the mass production process and the shape of the tip section. And the relationship between the degree of fracture and the stress, and the manufacturing conditions (the number of cutting blades to be used) are obtained in advance through prior experiments, simulations, etc., including, for example, the total crystal cutting time, the total distance of the crystals and the requirements The total number of semiconductor substrates required to perform the dicing until the shape and stress of the tip section are reached. Then, in a large-scale production process, if the manufacturing conditions indicate that the degree of wear of these crystal cutting blades has reached a predetermined condition, it can be judged only that the tip shape has reached To a predetermined wedge shape and the stress has reached a predetermined stress.

此外,在未經由預先實驗、模擬等掌握尖端區段之特定形狀及對應於大批生產過程中可允許之斷裂率的特定應力的情況下,可經由實驗獲得表示磨損程度(諸如總時間)、切晶中之總距離及基板之總數及斷裂之狀態的製造條件之間的關係,且可基於所獲得之關係來判斷替換之時機。再者,作為另一種方法,當在大批生產過程中間量測實際尖端形狀時,可進行關於預定楔形形狀是否已達到的判斷。在此情況下,藉由量測距離切晶刀片之頂部區段一預定距離處之厚度、尖端區段之角度等可僅進行該判斷。 In addition, without grasping the specific shape of the tip section and the specific stress corresponding to the allowable fracture rate in mass production without prior experiments, simulations, etc., the degree of wear (such as the total time), the cut can be obtained through experiments. The relationship between the total distance in the crystal, the total number of substrates, and the manufacturing conditions of the broken state, and the timing of replacement can be judged based on the obtained relationship. Furthermore, as another method, when the actual tip shape is measured in the middle of a mass production process, a judgment can be made as to whether a predetermined wedge shape has been reached. In this case, only the judgment can be made by measuring the thickness at a predetermined distance from the top section of the dicing blade, the angle of the tip section, and the like.

在選擇切晶刀片之尖端處之頂部區段並不變得遠離半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽之寬度的製造條件之情況下或在選擇即使頂部區段變得遠離該寬度亦不斷裂的階梯形區段之厚度的情況下,階梯形區段之斷裂會被進一步抑制。在此情況下,可僅基於切晶刀片之壽命來替換切晶刀片。再者,為使切晶刀片之頂部區段並不變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度,可僅選擇對切晶刀片在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍有影響的製造條件與半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽之寬度之間的關係,以便獲得切晶刀片並不變得遠離凹槽之寬度的該等製造條件與凹槽之寬度的組合。例如,在製造裝置之精確度低的情況下,可僅使得半導體基板之正面側上之凹槽之寬度較寬,而在製造裝置之精確度高的情況下,可根據精確度僅使得凹槽之寬度較窄。 In the case of selecting a manufacturing condition in which the top section at the tip of the dicing blade does not become far away from the width of the groove on the front side of the semiconductor substrate or when the top section does not break even if the top section becomes far away from the width In the case of the thickness of the stepped section, the fracture of the stepped section is further suppressed. In this case, the dicing blade can be replaced based only on the life of the dicing blade. Furthermore, in order that the top section of the dicing blade does not become far away from the width of the groove on the front side, only the manufacturing conditions and semiconductor substrates that affect the variation range of the dicing blade in the groove width direction can be selected. The relationship between the width of the grooves on the front side of the grooves in order to obtain a combination of these manufacturing conditions and the width of the grooves where the dicing blade does not become far away from the width of the grooves. For example, in the case where the accuracy of the manufacturing device is low, only the width of the groove on the front side of the semiconductor substrate can be made wider, and in the case where the accuracy of the manufacturing device is high, only the groove can be made according to the accuracy The width is narrow.

此外,在不知道待使用之製造條件是否為頂部區段變得遠離凹槽之寬度之製造條件的情況下,可假定待使用之製造條件為頂部區段變得遠離凹槽之寬度之製造條件,且可不管切晶刀片之壽命而替換切晶刀片。換言之,在漸縮程度達到最大應力施加在頂部區段之 區域處且階梯形區段斷裂的漸縮程度之範圍之前,可停止切晶刀片之使用且可用新的切晶刀片替換該切晶刀片。 In addition, without knowing whether the manufacturing condition to be used is a manufacturing condition in which the top section becomes far from the width of the groove, it can be assumed that the manufacturing condition to be used is a manufacturing condition in which the top section becomes far from the width of the groove , And can replace the cutting blade regardless of the life of the cutting blade. In other words, the maximum stress is applied to the top section at the degree of taper. At the region and before the tapered extent of the stepped section breaks, the use of the cutting blade can be stopped and the cutting blade can be replaced with a new cutting blade.

接下來,將在下文描述在切晶刀片之尖端處之頂部區段隨著切晶刀片之磨損增加而變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的情況下的替換之時機。假定切晶刀片之頂部區段在兩種情況下變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度。在第一情況下,頂部區段在切晶刀片之使用的開始時間遠離該寬度。在第二情況下,切晶刀片之頂部區段之狀態自頂部區段並不遠離該寬度的狀態變為頂部區段隨著切晶刀片之磨損增加而遠離該寬度的狀態。前一情況對應於位置精確度之範圍在切晶刀片之使用的開始時間遠離正面側上之凹槽寬度的情況,這是因為例如製造裝置之位置精確度低或正面側上之凹槽寬度狹窄。後一情況對應於頂部區段在切晶刀片之使用中變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的情況,此係因為切晶刀片之厚度隨著切晶刀片之磨損增加而變得更薄,由此由於切割時的應力切晶刀片之強度變得較弱且切晶刀片之翹曲量逐漸變得較大。 Next, the timing of replacement in the case where the top section at the tip of the cutting blade becomes farther away from the width of the groove on the front side as the cutting blade wear increases will be described below. It is assumed that the top section of the dicing blade becomes away from the width of the groove on the front side in both cases. In the first case, the top section is far from this width at the start of the use of the dicing blade. In the second case, the state of the top section of the dicing blade is changed from a state where the top section is not far from the width to a state where the top section is distant from the width as the wear of the dicing blade increases. The former case corresponds to the case where the range of position accuracy is far from the groove width on the front side at the start time of use of the cutting blade, because, for example, the position accuracy of the manufacturing apparatus is low or the groove width on the front side is narrow . The latter case corresponds to the case where the top section becomes farther away from the width of the groove on the front side in the use of the cutting blade, because the thickness of the cutting blade becomes thinner as the wear of the cutting blade increases. Therefore, due to the stress during cutting, the strength of the crystal cutting blade becomes weaker and the warpage amount of the crystal cutting blade gradually becomes larger.

因此,在狀態由頂部區段並不遠離該寬度的狀態改變為頂部區段隨著切晶刀片之磨損增加而遠離該寬度的狀態之情況下,可停止切晶刀片之使用且在頂部區段變得遠離該寬度之前可用新的切晶刀片替換該切晶刀片。在此情況下,在切晶刀片之尖端區段之形狀已形成為最大應力施加在頂部區段之區域處且階梯形區段斷裂之楔形形狀的條件下可停止切晶刀片之使用,或在頂部區段變得遠離該寬度之前可停止切晶刀片之使用,而不管切晶刀片之尖端區段之形狀如何。狀態自頂部區段並不遠離該寬度的狀態變為頂部區段遠離該寬度的狀態之時機可僅基於例如切晶刀片之使用頻率與圍繞正面側上之凹槽之 周邊處的斷裂率之間的關係而預先取得。此時,可進行關於切晶刀片之頂部區段是否實際上遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的確認。該實例中的正面側上之凹槽之「周邊」為應力係直接或間接地接收自切晶刀片的範圍。 Therefore, when the state changes from a state where the top section is not far from the width to a state where the top section is away from the width as the wear of the crystal cutting blade increases, the use of the crystal cutting blade can be stopped and the top section can be stopped. The dicing blade can be replaced with a new dicing blade before becoming farther from the width. In this case, the use of the crystal cutting blade can be stopped under the condition that the shape of the tip section of the crystal cutting blade has been formed into a wedge shape in which the maximum stress is applied to the region of the top section and the stepped section is broken, or The use of the dicing blade can be stopped before the top section becomes farther away from that width, regardless of the shape of the tip section of the dicing blade. The timing from the state where the top section is not far from the width to the state where the top section is far from the width may be based only on, for example, the frequency of use of the cutting blade and the time around the groove on the front side The relationship between the fracture rates at the periphery is obtained in advance. At this time, a confirmation can be made as to whether the top section of the dicing blade is actually far from the width of the groove on the front side. The "perimeter" of the groove on the front side in this example is the range in which the stress is received directly or indirectly from the crystalline blade.

在根據該實例的製造半導體晶片之方法中,儘管階梯形區段處於在切晶刀片之使用的開始時間未斷裂之狀態中,階梯形區段也會變為由於切晶刀片在如上所述之在一些情況下之磨損而斷裂之狀態。在此情況下,針對切晶刀片之使用開始之後的某一時間,半導體晶片之斷裂率穩定且屬於一恆定範圍,此係因為半導體晶片之斷裂僅由於除切晶刀片之磨損外的因素而出現。然而,當連續地使用同一切晶刀片時,漸縮程度達到階梯形區段斷裂或頂部區段變得遠離正面側上之凹槽寬度的漸縮程度之範圍,由此斷裂率逐漸升高。接著,斷裂率可最終達到大批生產過程中所不允許的斷裂率。 In the method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer according to this example, although the stepped section is in a state where it is not broken at the start time of use of the dicing blade, the stepped section also becomes due to the dicing blade being as described above In some cases the state of wear and tear. In this case, for a certain time after the use of the dicing blade, the fracture rate of the semiconductor wafer is stable and belongs to a constant range. This is because the fracture of the semiconductor wafer occurs only due to factors other than the wear of the crystalline blade . However, when the same dicing blade is continuously used, the degree of tapering reaches a range in which the stepped section breaks or the top section becomes farther away from the width of the groove on the front side, whereby the breaking rate gradually increases. Then, the fracture rate can finally reach the fracture rate that is not allowed during mass production.

因此,考慮到上文所述的斷裂率隨著切晶刀片之替換之時機改變,切晶刀片可例如在半導體晶片之斷裂率(階梯形區段之斷裂率)開始上升之前替換,或在半導體晶片之斷裂率開始上升之後且在斷裂率達到大批生產過程中不允許之斷裂率之前,可替換切晶刀片。 Therefore, considering that the breakage rate described above changes with the timing of replacement of the slicing blade, the slicing blade can be replaced, for example, before the breakage rate (breakage rate of the stepped section) of the semiconductor wafer starts to rise, or After the break rate of the wafer starts to rise and before the break rate reaches a break rate that is not allowed during mass production, the dicing blade can be replaced.

關於刀片之替換的說明已在上文提出,且歸納這些說明如下所述。也就是說,作為關於刀片之替換之第一模式,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在該切割構件之尖端區段之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽且該正面 側上之該凹槽之周邊由於來自因磨損而漸縮的該切割構件之頂部區段之區域的應力而斷裂的製造條件中,在該切割構件之尖端形狀形成為該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊由於磨損而斷裂之一楔形形狀之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 The instructions for blade replacement have been presented above, and they are summarized below. That is, as a first mode regarding the replacement of the blade, a step of forming a groove on the front side of a substrate is provided and using an entrance portion having a groove on the front side from the back side of the substrate A step of forming a groove on the back side in communication with the grooves on the front side and dicing the substrate into a semiconductor wafer, and cutting the substrate into a semiconductor wafer; and The range of the thickness direction center of the tip section in the groove width direction becomes far away from the groove on the front side and the front side In manufacturing conditions where the periphery of the groove on the side is broken due to stress from the area of the top section of the cutting member that is tapered due to abrasion, the tip shape of the cutting member is formed as the recess on the front side. Before the wedge of the groove breaks due to abrasion, the use of the cutting member can be stopped and the cutting member can be replaced with a new cutting member.

作為第二模式,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在該切割構件之尖端區段之厚度方向中心之變動範圍變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽且該正面側上之該凹槽之周邊由於來自因磨損而漸縮的該切割構件之頂部區段之區域的應力而斷裂的製造條件中,在該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊的斷裂率隨著該切割構件之磨損增加而開始升高之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 As a second mode, a step of forming a groove on a front side of a substrate and a rotation from the back side of the substrate using a thickness having a thickness greater than a width of an entrance portion of the grooves on the front side are provided. A step in which the cutting member forms a groove on the back side communicating with the grooves on the front side and crystallizes the substrate into a semiconductor wafer; and a change in the thickness direction center of the tip section of the cutting member In manufacturing conditions where the range becomes farther away from the groove on the front side and the periphery of the groove on the front side is broken due to stress from the area of the top section of the cutting member that is tapered due to wear, in Before the break rate of the periphery of the groove on the front side starts to increase as the cutting member wears, the use of the cutting member can be stopped and the cutting member can be replaced with a new cutting member.

作為第三模式,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在該切割構件之尖端區段之厚度方向中心位置之變動範圍變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽且該正面側上之該凹槽之周邊由於來自因磨損而漸縮的該切割構件之頂部區段之區域的應力而斷裂的製造條件中,在該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊的斷裂率隨著該切割構件之磨損增加而開始升高後且在該斷裂率達到一大批生產過程中不允許之斷裂率前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。此處假 定該等半導體晶片之斷裂率在製造中升高歸因於該等切晶刀片主要在兩種情況下之磨損。在第一情況下,在切晶刀片之厚度之中心(頂部區段)可自切晶刀片之使用之早期階段變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽之該寬度的情況下(例如,在正面側上之凹槽寬度窄或切晶裝置之位置精確度低的情況下),具有階梯形區段不斷裂之漸縮程度的尖端形狀形成為具有階梯形區段隨著切晶刀片之磨損增加而斷裂之漸縮程度的形狀。在第二情況下,切晶刀片之翹曲及彎曲的量增加,且切晶刀片之狀態自切晶刀片之厚度之中心(頂部區段)不遠離該正面側上之該凹槽之該寬度的狀態變為該厚度之該中心隨著切晶刀片之磨損增加而遠離該寬度的狀態。第二模式及第三模式係基於這些發現。 As a third mode, a step of forming a groove on a front side of a substrate and a rotation from the back side of the substrate using a thickness having a thickness greater than a width of an entrance portion of the grooves on the front side are provided. A step in which the cutting member forms a groove on the back side that communicates with the grooves on the front side and crystallizes the substrate into a semiconductor wafer, and is located at a center position in the thickness direction of the tip section of the cutting member In a manufacturing condition where the range of variation becomes far away from the groove on the front side and the periphery of the groove on the front side is broken due to stress from a region of the top section of the cutting member that is tapered due to wear, After the fracture rate of the periphery of the groove on the front side starts to increase as the cutting member wears, and before the fracture rate reaches a fracture rate that is not allowed in a large number of production processes, the cutting can be stopped. Use of the component and the cutting component can be replaced with a new cutting component. Leave here The increase in the break rate of these semiconductor wafers in manufacturing is attributed to the wear of the dicing blades mainly in two cases. In the first case, in the case where the center (top section) of the thickness of the dicing blade can be moved away from the width of the groove on the front side from an early stage of use of the dicing blade (for example, in In the case where the groove width on the front side is narrow or the positional accuracy of the crystal cutting device is low), the tip shape having a tapered degree of stepped section not breaking is formed to have a stepped section with the wear of the crystal cutting blade Increasing the shape of the tapered fracture. In the second case, the amount of warpage and bending of the crystal cutting blade is increased, and the state of the crystal cutting blade is not far from the width of the groove on the front side from the center (top section) of the thickness of the crystal cutting blade. The state of is changed from the width to the center of the thickness as the wear of the cutting blade increases. The second and third models are based on these findings.

作為第四模式,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊的斷裂率由於該切割構件之該磨損隨著該切割構件之磨損增加而升高的製造條件中,在該斷裂率達到一大批生產過程中不允許之斷裂率之前,可停止該切割構件之使用。 As a fourth mode, a step of forming a groove on a front side of a substrate and a rotation from the back side of the substrate using a thickness having a thickness greater than a width of an entrance portion of the grooves on the front side are provided. A step of the cutting member forming a groove on the back side communicating with the grooves on the front side and dicing the substrate into a semiconductor wafer, and the periphery of the groove on the front side being broken In manufacturing conditions where the abrasion of the cutting member increases as the abrasion of the cutting member increases, the use of the cutting member can be stopped before the fracture rate reaches a fracture rate that is not allowed in a large number of production processes.

作為第五模式,在該斷裂率開始升高之後且在該斷裂率達到第四模式中的一大批生產過程中不允許之斷裂率之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 As a fifth mode, after the fracture rate starts to increase and before the fracture rate reaches a fracture rate that is not allowed in a large number of production processes in the fourth mode, the use of the cutting member can be stopped and replaced with a new cutting member The cutting member.

作為第六模式,在該切割構件之尖端形狀形成為最大應力施加在頂部區段之區域處且該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊在第四模式及第五模式中隨著該切割構件之磨損增加而斷裂之一楔形形狀之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 As a sixth mode, the tip shape of the cutting member is formed at a region where the maximum stress is applied to the top section and the periphery of the groove on the front side follows the cutting member in the fourth mode and the fifth mode. Before the wear increases and a wedge shape is broken, the use of the cutting member can be stopped and the cutting member can be replaced with a new cutting member.

作為第七模式,在該切割構件之尖端區段之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍在第四模式及第五模式中隨著該切割構件之磨損增加自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 As a seventh mode, the variation range of the thickness direction center of the tip section of the cutting member in the groove width direction is included in the front side as the wear of the cutting member increases in the fourth mode and the fifth mode. Before the range in the groove changes to the range far from the groove on the front side, the use of the cutting member can be stopped and the cutting member can be replaced with a new cutting member.

作為第八模式,在於該凹槽寬度方向上不具頂面的該切割構件之頂部區段之變動範圍在第四模式及第五模式中隨著該切割構件之磨損增加自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 As an eighth mode, the range of variation of the top section of the cutting member that does not have a top surface in the groove width direction is included on the front side as the wear of the cutting member increases in the fourth and fifth modes. Before the range in the groove changes to the range far from the groove on the front side, the use of the cutting member can be stopped and the cutting member can be replaced with a new cutting member.

作為第九模式,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在該切割構件之尖端區段之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍隨著該切割構件之磨損增加自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍的製造條件中,在該變動範圍自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 As a ninth mode, a step of forming a groove on the front side of a substrate and a rotation from the back side of the substrate using one of the thicknesses that is thicker than the width of the entrance portion of the grooves on the front side are provided. A step in which the cutting member forms a groove on the back side communicating with the grooves on the front side and crystallizes the substrate into a semiconductor wafer, and the center of the cutting member in the thickness direction of the cutting member is concave The variation range of the groove width direction increases with the abrasion of the cutting member from the range included in the groove on the front side to a manufacturing condition far from the range of the groove on the front side. Before the range of change changes from the range included in the groove on the front side to the range far from the groove on the front side, the use of the cutting member may be stopped and the cutting may be replaced with a new cutting member member.

作為第十模式,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且 在於該凹槽寬度方向上不具頂面的該切割構件之頂部區段之變動範圍隨著該切割構件之磨損增加自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍的製造條件中,在該變動範圍自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 As a tenth mode, a step of forming a groove on a front side of a substrate is provided, and one of a thickness having a thickness greater than a width of an entrance portion of the grooves on the front side is rotated from the back side of the substrate. A step of cutting the member to form a groove on the back side in communication with the grooves on the front side and dicing the substrate into a semiconductor wafer, and The range of variation of the top section of the cutting member that does not have a top surface in the groove width direction increases as the wear of the cutting member increases from the range in the groove included on the front side to away from the front side In the manufacturing conditions of the range of the groove above, the variation range may be stopped before the range of change from the range included in the groove on the front side to the range far from the groove on the front side The cutting member can be used and replaced with a new cutting member.

作為第11模式,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在該切割構件之尖端區段之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍隨著該切割構件之磨損增加自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍的製造條件中,在具有一楔形形狀且於頂部區段處不具頂面的該切割構件之尖端區段形成為最大應力施加在該頂部區段之區域處且階梯形區段斷裂之一楔形形狀之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。 As the eleventh mode, a step of forming a groove on a front side of a substrate and a rotation from the back side of the substrate using a thickness having a thickness larger than a width of an entrance portion of the grooves on the front side are provided. A step in which the cutting member forms a groove on the back side communicating with the grooves on the front side and crystallizes the substrate into a semiconductor wafer, and the center of the cutting member in the thickness direction of the cutting member is concave The variation range of the groove width direction increases with the abrasion of the cutting member from the range included in the groove on the front side to a manufacturing condition far from the range of the groove on the front side. The cutting section of the cutting member having a wedge shape and having no top surface at the top section is formed so that the maximum stress is applied at the area of the top section and the stepped section is broken, and the cutting can be stopped Use of the component and the cutting component can be replaced with a new cutting component.

作為第12模式,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在具有一楔形尖端形狀且不具頂面的該切割構件之頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍隨著該切割構件之磨損增加自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍的製造條件中,在該切割構件之尖端形狀形成為最大應力施加在該頂部區段 之區域處且該階梯形區段斷裂之一楔形形狀之前,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。按照第12模式,例如,在如圖5B中所示的具有不具頂面之此楔形尖端區段的切晶刀片之頂部區段磨損且形成為最大應力施加在如圖14中所示的頂部區段之區域處且階梯形區段斷裂之一楔形形狀之前,停止切晶刀片之使用。 As a twelfth mode, a step of forming a groove on the front side of a substrate and a rotation from the rear side of the substrate using a thickness having a thickness larger than the width of the entrance portion of the grooves on the front side are provided. A step of forming a cutting member on the back side in communication with the grooves on the front side and dicing the substrate into a semiconductor wafer; and the cutting member having a wedge-shaped tip shape and having no top surface The variation range of the top section in the groove width direction increases with the abrasion of the cutting member from the range included in the groove on the front side to the range far from the groove on the front side In the manufacturing conditions, the tip shape of the cutting member is formed such that the maximum stress is applied to the top section Before the wedge shape of the stepped section is broken, the use of the cutting member can be stopped and the cutting member can be replaced with a new cutting member. According to the twelfth mode, for example, the top section of the dicing blade having this wedge-shaped tip section without a top surface as shown in FIG. 5B is worn and formed so that maximum stress is applied to the top section as shown in FIG. 14 The use of the dicing blade is stopped before the wedge shape of the stepped section is broken in the region of the segment.

作為第13模式,在第一至第12模式中,基於作為預定關係的該切割構件之使用量與該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊處的斷裂率之間的關係,可停止該切割構件之使用並可用一新切割構件替換該切割構件。換言之,可預先獲得由該切割構件之使用量之變化引起的該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊處的斷裂率之變化,且可藉由使用所獲得之關係來判定停止該切割構件之使用的時機。「斷裂率」為損壞產品之量與假定無斷裂出現之情況下所獲得的半導體晶片之生產量之比。在該實例中,斷裂率不僅包括斷裂率本身,而且包括與斷裂率成比例地改變且同步於斷裂率而間接地改變的其他特性。 As the thirteenth mode, in the first to twelfth modes, the cutting can be stopped based on the relationship between the usage amount of the cutting member as a predetermined relationship and the breakage rate at the periphery of the groove on the front side. Use of the component and the cutting component can be replaced with a new cutting component. In other words, a change in the fracture rate at the periphery of the groove on the front side caused by a change in the usage amount of the cutting member can be obtained in advance, and the stopping of the cutting member can be determined by using the obtained relationship. When to use it. The "break rate" is the ratio of the amount of damaged product to the production amount of the semiconductor wafer obtained without the occurrence of breaks. In this example, the breaking rate includes not only the breaking rate itself, but also other characteristics that change in proportion to the breaking rate and indirectly change in synchronization with the breaking rate.

在上述第一至第三模式中,「該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊斷裂的製造條件」表示在假定連續地使用諸如切晶刀片之切割構件的情況下,在切晶刀片之壽命期滿之前(在諸如剝落之斷裂發生之前),該正面側上之該凹槽之該周邊會斷裂的製造條件。此外,在上述第八至第12模式中,「變動範圍自包括於該正面側上之該凹槽中的該範圍變至遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的該範圍的製造條件」表示在假定連續地使用諸如切晶刀片之切割構件的情況下,在切晶刀片之壽命期滿之前(在諸如剝落之斷裂發生之前),變動範圍變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的製造條件。 In the above-mentioned first to third modes, "manufacturing conditions for the peripheral fracture of the groove on the front side" indicates the life of the crystal blade under the assumption that a cutting member such as a crystal blade is continuously used. A manufacturing condition in which the periphery of the groove on the front side is broken before expiration (before a break such as peeling occurs). Further, in the eighth to twelfth modes described above, "the range of change from the range included in the groove on the front side to the manufacturing conditions of the range far from the groove on the front side" is expressed in Assuming that a cutting member such as a dicing blade is used continuously, the range of variation becomes far from the manufacturing conditions of the groove on the front side before the life of the dicing blade expires (before a break such as spalling occurs). .

G)關於用於薄化基板之處理之實例 G) Examples of processing for thinning substrates

接下來,將在下文描述用於薄化半導體基板之處理。不同於一般完全切晶之情況,在根據實例的上述切晶方法之情況下,即使切晶刀片之頂部區段之位置在凹槽寬度方向上僅偏離約1.2μm,施加至階梯形區段之應力在一些情況下亦顯著變化。例如,當背面側上之凹槽形成時,隨著基板之厚度較厚,在切晶期間來自基板之應力變得較大,切晶刀片容易變形(例如,翹曲),且切晶刀片之尖端區段之位置在凹槽寬度方向上偏離,由此施加至階梯形區段之應力變得較大。 Next, a process for thinning a semiconductor substrate will be described below. Unlike the case of general complete crystal cutting, in the case of the above-mentioned crystal cutting method according to the example, even if the position of the top section of the crystal cutting blade is only deviated from the groove width direction by about 1.2 μm, it is applied to the stepped section. Stress also changes significantly in some cases. For example, when the groove on the back side is formed, as the thickness of the substrate is thicker, the stress from the substrate becomes larger during the dicing, the dicing blade is easily deformed (for example, warped), and the The position of the tip section is deviated in the groove width direction, whereby the stress applied to the stepped section becomes larger.

因此,用於使基板之厚度更薄的薄化處理可在背面側上之凹槽形成之前執行,以降低施加至階梯形區段之應力。作為處理之一實例,執行背面研磨以在圖1中之步驟S110之前的任何步驟使基板之厚度在自基板之背面至正面之方向上整體上更薄。在背面研磨中,基板係以使得基板之背面在根據較早所描述之實例的半切晶之情況下可以看到的方式放置,且例如一旋轉研磨機會在水平及垂直方向上移動,由此基板之厚度整體上變得更薄,直至正面側上之精細凹槽曝露。在基板之強度在背面研磨之後成為問題之情況下,基板可藉由不僅研磨基板之周邊而形成為所謂的肋狀物結構化基板。 Therefore, the thinning process for making the thickness of the substrate thinner can be performed before the grooves on the back side are formed to reduce the stress applied to the stepped section. As one example of the processing, back surface grinding is performed to make the thickness of the substrate thinner in the direction from the back surface to the front surface of the substrate as a whole before any step S110 in FIG. 1. In back grinding, the substrate is placed in such a way that the back of the substrate can be seen in the case of half-cut crystals according to the example described earlier, and, for example, a rotary grinding machine moves in the horizontal and vertical directions, whereby the substrate The thickness becomes thinner as a whole until the fine grooves on the front side are exposed. In the case where the strength of the substrate becomes a problem after the back surface grinding, the substrate can be formed into a so-called rib-structured substrate by not only grinding the periphery of the substrate.

如較早所描述,施加至階梯形區段之應力在切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度之中心)在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的情況下顯著地改變。因此,在切晶刀片之尖端區段之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍在假定背面側上之凹槽在未執行背面研磨之情況下已形成的情況下變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽之該寬度的製造條件中,可僅執行背面研磨。此外,基板可僅藉由背面研磨至切晶刀片之頂部區段(厚度之中心)在凹槽寬度方向上之變 動範圍包括於正面側上之凹槽之寬度中的厚度而變得較薄。 As described earlier, the range in which the stress applied to the stepped section in the top section (center of thickness) of the dicing blade in the groove width direction becomes far away from the groove on the front side Significantly changed. Therefore, the range of variation in the groove width direction at the center of the thickness direction of the tip section of the dicing blade is assuming that the grooves on the back surface side have been formed without performing back surface grinding, away from the front surface side. In the manufacturing conditions of the width of the groove, only the back grinding can be performed. In addition, the substrate can be ground to the top section (center of thickness) of the dicing blade in the groove width direction only by back grinding. The moving range becomes thinner by including the thickness in the width of the groove on the front side.

上述實例可歸納並描述如下。也就是說,該實例為一種製造半導體晶片之方法,其中提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在該切割構件之尖端區段之厚度方向中心在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍在假定背面側上之凹槽在未執行用於使基板之厚度變得較薄之處理之情況下形成的情況下變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的製造條件中,執行用於使基板之厚度變得較薄之處理,以使得在該背面側上之凹槽形成之前,該範圍包括於該正面側上之該寬度中。 The above examples can be summarized and described as follows. That is, this example is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer in which a step of forming grooves on the front side of a substrate is provided and using an entrance having grooves on the front side from the back side of the substrate A step of forming a groove on the back side in communication with the grooves on the front side and dicing the substrate into a semiconductor wafer; and The variation range of the thickness direction center of the tip section in the groove width direction is assumed to be away from the case where it is assumed that the groove on the back side is formed without performing a process for making the thickness of the substrate thin. In the manufacturing conditions of the groove on the front side, a process for making the thickness of the substrate thinner is performed so that the range includes the area on the front side before the groove on the back side is formed. In width.

該實例亦可描述如下。也就是說,該實例為一種製造半導體晶片之方法,其中,提供形成一基板之正面側上之凹槽的一步驟及自該基板之背面側使用具有比該正面側上之該等凹槽之入口部分之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成半導體晶片的一步驟,且在不具頂面的楔形切割構件之頂部區段在凹槽寬度方向上之變動範圍在假定該背面側上之凹槽在未執行用於使基板之厚度變得較薄之處理之情況下形成的情況下變得遠離該正面側上之該凹槽的製造條件下,執行用於使基板之厚度變得較薄之處理,以使得在該背面側上之凹槽形成之前,該範圍包括於該正面側上之該寬度中。 This example can also be described as follows. That is, this example is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, in which a step of forming grooves on the front side of a substrate is provided and using a process having grooves on the front side from the back side of the substrate A step of rotating the cutting member with a thickness of a thick one at the entrance portion to form a groove on the back side communicating with the grooves on the front side and dicing the substrate into a semiconductor wafer, and without the top The range of variation in the groove width direction of the top section of the wedge-shaped cutting member of the surface is changed assuming that the groove on the back side is formed without performing a process for making the thickness of the substrate thin. In a manufacturing condition away from the groove on the front side, a process for making the thickness of the substrate thinner is performed so that the range is included on the front side before the groove on the back side is formed. Of that width.

在如上所述地執行根據實例之薄化處理之情況下,與不執行薄化處理之情況相比,階梯形區段之斷裂被抑制。在根據實例之薄化處理中,在不執行薄化處理之狀態下,可進行關於切晶刀片之頂 部區段或厚度之中心是否偏離正面側上之凹槽寬度的確認,且薄化處理可僅在頂部區段偏離之情況下執行,或可藉由預先掌握無偏差出現的基板之厚度且不進行關於在不執行薄化處理之狀態下偏差是否出現的確認而使得基板更薄。換言之,在不執行薄化處理之情況下,切晶刀片之頂部區段或厚度之中心偏離正面側上之凹槽寬度的狀態藉由執行薄化處理而最終可單純變為頂部區段或中心並不偏離正面側上之凹槽寬度的狀態。此外,用於執行薄化處理之時機可為背面側上之凹槽形成之前的任何時間。例如,在圖1中,薄化處理可在發光元件形成之前執行或在發光元件形成之後且在精細凹槽形成之前執行。 In the case where the thinning process according to the example is performed as described above, as compared with the case where the thinning process is not performed, the fracture of the stepped section is suppressed. In the thinning process according to the example, the top of the dicing blade can be performed without performing the thinning process. Confirmation of whether the center of the partial section or thickness deviates from the width of the groove on the front side, and the thinning process can be performed only when the top section deviates, or by knowing in advance the thickness of the substrate without deviation and without The substrate is made thinner by confirming whether a deviation occurs without performing a thinning process. In other words, without performing the thinning process, the state where the center of the top section or thickness of the dicing blade deviates from the width of the groove on the front side by performing the thinning process and finally can simply become the top section or center Does not deviate from the state of the groove width on the front side. In addition, the timing for performing the thinning process may be any time before the grooves on the back side are formed. For example, in FIG. 1, the thinning process may be performed before the light emitting element is formed or after the light emitting element is formed and before the fine grooves are formed.

H)正面側上之精細凹槽之修改 H) Modification of fine grooves on the front side

接下來,將在下文描述形成於基板之背面側上之精細凹槽的修改。儘管圖2D中所示之精細凹槽140藉由非等向性乾式蝕刻而形成為具有在幾乎垂直方向上自基板之正面延伸之側面的筆直凹槽,精細凹槽可能形成為其他形狀。 Next, a modification of the fine groove formed on the back side of the substrate will be described below. Although the fine grooves 140 shown in FIG. 2D are formed as straight grooves having sides extending from the front surface of the substrate in an almost vertical direction by anisotropic dry etching, the fine grooves may be formed in other shapes.

圖27A至圖27D展示根據此實例之精細凹槽的其他組構實例。此等凹槽經形成以使得凹槽之下部側變得較寬,由此凹槽之階梯形區段幾乎不承受應力,即使切晶刀片之頂部區段之位置在凹槽寬度方向上變化。圖27A中所示之精細凹槽800具有第一凹槽部分810(其包括形成幾乎均勻的寬度Sa1及深度D1之直線側面)且亦具有第二凹槽部分820(其具有具深度D2及底部面之球形側面),第二凹槽部分820連接至第一凹槽部分810之下部部分。第二凹槽部分820之寬度Sa2為在平行於基板之正面之方向上彼此對置的側壁之間的內徑,且建立Sa2>Sa1之關係。在圖中所示之實例中,寬度Sa2在第二凹槽部分 820之中心附近具有最大值。 27A to 27D show other configuration examples of the fine groove according to this example. These grooves are formed so that the lower side of the groove becomes wider, so that the stepped section of the groove hardly receives stress, even if the position of the top section of the cutting blade changes in the groove width direction. The fine groove 800 shown in FIG. 27A has a first groove portion 810 (which includes straight side surfaces forming an almost uniform width Sa1 and a depth D1) and also has a second groove portion 820 (which has a depth D2 and a bottom portion). The spherical side of the surface), the second groove portion 820 is connected to the lower portion of the first groove portion 810. The width Sa2 of the second groove portion 820 is an inner diameter between the sidewalls facing each other in a direction parallel to the front surface of the substrate, and a relationship of Sa2> Sa1 is established. In the example shown in the figure, the width Sa2 is in the second groove portion There is a maximum near the center of 820.

圖27B中所示之精細凹槽800A具有第一凹槽部分810(其包括形成幾乎均勻的寬度Sa1及深度D1之直線側面)且亦具有矩形第二凹槽部分830(其具有具深度D2之幾乎直線側面),第二凹槽部分830連接至第一凹槽部分810之下部部分。第二凹槽部分830係藉由將圖27A中所示之第二凹槽部分820之球形側面及球形底部面變為直線形狀而獲得。第二凹槽部分830之寬度Sa2為在平行於基板之正面之方向上彼此對置的側壁之間的距離,且該距離幾乎恆定(Sa2>Sa1)。此處所示的第二凹槽部分之形狀被視為一實例,且第二凹槽部分之形狀僅可為具有大於第一凹槽部分之寬度Sa1之寬度的形狀。例如,形狀可單純為圖27A中所示之第二凹槽部分820與圖27B中所示之第二凹槽部分830之間的中間形狀,亦即,形狀可單純為卵形形狀。此外,第二凹槽部分可單純具有比第一凹槽部分與第二凹槽部分之間的邊界部分處的凹槽之寬度(深度D1處之凹槽之寬度)寬的空間之形狀。 The fine groove 800A shown in FIG. 27B has a first groove portion 810 (which includes straight side surfaces forming an almost uniform width Sa1 and a depth D1) and also has a rectangular second groove portion 830 (which has a depth D2 Almost straight side), the second groove portion 830 is connected to the lower portion of the first groove portion 810. The second groove portion 830 is obtained by changing the spherical side surface and the spherical bottom surface of the second groove portion 820 shown in FIG. 27A into a linear shape. The width Sa2 of the second groove portion 830 is a distance between the side walls facing each other in a direction parallel to the front surface of the substrate, and the distance is almost constant (Sa2> Sa1). The shape of the second groove portion shown here is regarded as an example, and the shape of the second groove portion can only be a shape having a width larger than the width Sa1 of the first groove portion. For example, the shape may be simply an intermediate shape between the second groove portion 820 shown in FIG. 27A and the second groove portion 830 shown in FIG. 27B, that is, the shape may be simply an oval shape. Further, the second groove portion may simply have a shape of a space wider than the width of the groove (the width of the groove at the depth D1) at the boundary portion between the first groove portion and the second groove portion.

圖27C中所示之精細凹槽800B具有第一凹槽部分810(其具有形成幾乎均勻的寬度Sa1及深度D1之側面)且亦具有第二凹槽部分840(其具有具深度D2之逆向楔形形狀),第二凹槽部分840連接至第一凹槽部分810之下部部分。第二凹槽部分840之側面傾斜,以使得側面之間的寬度朝著底部區段逐漸增加。第二凹槽部分840之寬度Sa2為在平行於基板之正面之方向上彼此對置的側面之間的距離,且該距離在第二凹槽部分840之最低區段附近(在下部末端附近)具有最大值。 The fine groove 800B shown in FIG. 27C has a first groove portion 810 (which has a side forming an almost uniform width Sa1 and a depth D1) and also has a second groove portion 840 (which has a reverse wedge shape with a depth D2) Shape), the second groove portion 840 is connected to a lower portion of the first groove portion 810. The sides of the second groove portion 840 are inclined so that the width between the sides gradually increases toward the bottom section. The width Sa2 of the second groove portion 840 is the distance between the sides facing each other in a direction parallel to the front surface of the substrate, and the distance is near the lowest section of the second groove portion 840 (near the lower end). Has the maximum value.

圖27D中所示之精細凹槽800C具有一形狀,該形狀之寬度自基板之正面上之開口寬度Sa1逐漸增加至最低區段附近之寬度 Sa2。換言之,精細凹槽800C為具有深度D2之逆向楔形凹槽。精細凹槽800C係藉由使圖27C中所示的第一凹槽部分810之深度D1儘可能小而獲得。在圖27A至圖27C中所示之形狀中,第一凹槽部分及第二凹槽部分之側面之角度在第一凹槽部分與第二凹槽部分之間的邊界處改變。然而,在圖27D中所示之形狀中,側面之角度不變,且凹槽之下部區段之寬度比上部區段之寬度寬,由此精細凹槽具有第一凹槽部分(上部區段)及比第一凹槽部分寬的第二凹槽部分(下部區段)。 The fine groove 800C shown in FIG. 27D has a shape whose width gradually increases from the opening width Sa1 on the front surface of the substrate to the width near the lowest section. Sa2. In other words, the fine groove 800C is a reverse wedge-shaped groove having a depth D2. The fine groove 800C is obtained by making the depth D1 of the first groove portion 810 shown in FIG. 27C as small as possible. In the shapes shown in FIGS. 27A to 27C, the angles of the sides of the first groove portion and the second groove portion are changed at the boundary between the first groove portion and the second groove portion. However, in the shape shown in FIG. 27D, the angle of the side surface does not change, and the width of the lower section of the groove is wider than the width of the upper section, so that the fine groove has the first groove portion (the upper section ) And a second groove portion (lower section) wider than the first groove portion.

作為第一凹槽部分之形狀,如圖27A至圖27C中所示之此等垂直形狀比如圖27D中所示的在寬度上自基板之正面至背面逐漸變得較寬之此形狀(逆向楔形形狀)更有利,以便抑制當切晶帶被移除時所產生的切晶帶160之黏接層之剩餘部分。此基於以下原因。在具有逆向楔形形狀之凹槽的情況下,紫外線射線難以透射至已深入凹槽之黏接層,且黏接層難以硬化。即使黏接層硬化,應力亦容易施加至已深入凹槽的黏接層之根部分,且與具有垂直形狀之凹槽的情況相比,黏接層容易在移除時碎成多片。 As the shape of the first recessed portion, such vertical shapes as shown in FIG. 27A to FIG. 27C such as those shown in FIG. 27D which gradually become wider in width from the front surface to the back surface of the substrate (reverse wedge shape) Shape) is more advantageous in order to suppress the remaining portion of the adhesive layer of the dicing tape 160 generated when the dicing tape is removed. This is based on the following reasons. In the case of a groove having a reverse wedge shape, ultraviolet rays are difficult to transmit to the adhesive layer which has penetrated into the groove, and the adhesive layer is difficult to harden. Even if the adhesive layer is hardened, stress is easily applied to the root portion of the adhesive layer that has penetrated into the groove, and the adhesive layer is more easily broken into multiple pieces when removed than when the groove has a vertical shape.

此外,自抑制黏接層之剩餘部分的觀點看,第一凹槽部分之側面之形狀較佳應為寬度自基板之正面至背面逐漸變得較窄的形狀(正向楔形形狀),而非圖27A至圖27C中所示之垂直形狀。換言之,第一凹槽部分之形狀較佳應為不具有寬度自基板之正面至背面變得較寬之部分(逆向楔形形狀)的形狀。 In addition, from the viewpoint of suppressing the remaining portion of the adhesive layer, the shape of the side surface of the first groove portion should preferably be a shape that gradually becomes narrower from the front side to the back side of the substrate (forward wedge shape), rather The vertical shapes shown in FIGS. 27A to 27C. In other words, the shape of the first groove portion should preferably be a shape that does not have a portion (reverse wedge shape) whose width becomes wider from the front surface to the back surface of the substrate.

圖27A至圖27D中所示之精細凹槽800、800A、800B及800C較佳係經組構以使其相對正交於基板之中心線線性地對稱。此外,圖27A至圖27D中所示之精細凹槽係使用直線及彎曲面繪製以易於理解精細凹槽之特性。然而,應注意的是,待形成之精細凹槽之側 面實際上可具有階梯或凹入及凸出部分,且拐角未必形成為嚴格意義上之有角的形狀,而是可形成為彎曲面。再者,圖27A至圖27D中所示之精細凹槽僅為實例且可具有其他形狀,其條件為比第一凹槽部分寬之第二凹槽部分形成於第一凹槽部分之下從而與其連通。例如,可組合圖27A至圖27D中所示之各別形狀,或該等形狀可經組合且接著進一步修改。再此外,圖27C及圖27D中所示之正向/逆向台面形狀之角亦僅為實例。形狀可僅具有相對於垂直於基板之面的面傾斜之面,而傾斜之程度並不重要。 The fine grooves 800, 800A, 800B, and 800C shown in FIGS. 27A to 27D are preferably configured so that they are linearly symmetrical with respect to a center line orthogonal to the substrate. In addition, the fine grooves shown in FIGS. 27A to 27D are drawn using straight lines and curved surfaces to easily understand the characteristics of the fine grooves. However, it should be noted that the side of the fine groove to be formed The surface may actually have steps or concave and convex portions, and the corners may not necessarily be formed into angular shapes in the strict sense, but may be formed into curved surfaces. Further, the fine grooves shown in FIGS. 27A to 27D are merely examples and may have other shapes, provided that a second groove portion wider than the first groove portion is formed under the first groove portion so that Connect with it. For example, the individual shapes shown in FIGS. 27A to 27D may be combined, or the shapes may be combined and then further modified. Furthermore, the corners of the forward / reverse mesa shapes shown in FIG. 27C and FIG. 27D are merely examples. The shape may have only a surface inclined with respect to a surface perpendicular to the surface of the substrate, and the degree of the tilt is not important.

接下來,將在下文描述根據實例的製造精細凹槽之方法。圖28為說明根據實例的製造精細凹槽之方法的流程圖。製造如圖27A至圖27D中所示之此等精細凹槽之方法包括藉由執行第一蝕刻而形成具有寬度Sa1之第一凹槽部分的步驟(S800),及藉由執行第二蝕刻而第一凹槽部分之下形成具有比寬度Sa1寬之寬度Sa2之第二凹槽部分的步驟(S810)。第二蝕刻之強度高於第一蝕刻之強度。將在下文描述使用非等向性蝕刻作為第一蝕刻且使用等向性蝕刻作為第二蝕刻的情況作為一實例。 Next, a method of manufacturing a fine groove according to an example will be described below. FIG. 28 is a flowchart illustrating a method of manufacturing a fine groove according to an example. A method of manufacturing such fine grooves as shown in FIGS. 27A to 27D includes a step of forming a first groove portion having a width Sa1 by performing a first etching (S800), and by performing a second etching A step (S810) of forming a second groove portion having a width Sa2 wider than the width Sa1 below the first groove portion. The intensity of the second etch is higher than that of the first etch. A case where an anisotropic etching is used as the first etching and an isotropic etching is used as the second etching will be described below as an example.

圖29A及圖29B為說明製造圖27A中所示之精細凹槽800之製程的示意性截面圖。光阻900形成於GaAs基板W之正面上。光阻為具有100cpi之黏度的i射線抗蝕劑且經塗佈至例如約8μm之厚度。開口910藉由使用例如i射線步進機及TMAH 2.38%之顯影劑溶液的已知光微影製程而形成於光阻900中。此開口910之寬度係設定成第一凹槽部分之寬度Sa1。 29A and 29B are schematic cross-sectional views illustrating a process of manufacturing the fine groove 800 shown in FIG. 27A. A photoresist 900 is formed on the front surface of the GaAs substrate W. The photoresist is an i-ray resist having a viscosity of 100 cpi and is coated to a thickness of, for example, about 8 μm. The opening 910 is formed in the photoresist 900 by a known photolithography process using, for example, an i-ray stepper and a TMAH 2.38% developer solution. The width of this opening 910 is set to the width Sa1 of the first groove portion.

第一凹槽部分810係藉由使用光阻900作為蝕刻遮罩之非等向性蝕刻而形成於基板之正面上。在較佳模式中,使用感應耦合 電漿(induction coupling plasma;ICP)作為反應性離子蝕刻(reactive ion etching;RIE)裝置。例如,蝕刻條件如下:500W之感應耦合電漿(ICP)功率;50W之偏壓功率;3Pa之壓力;由Cl2=150sccm、BCl3=50sccm及C4F8=20sccm組成之蝕刻氣體;及20分鐘之蝕刻時間。保護膜920在藉由使用已知方法添加CF為基礎之氣體執行蝕刻的同時形成於凹槽之側壁上。自由基及離子係自反應氣體之電漿產生。儘管凹槽之側壁僅被自由基攻擊,但側壁不會被蝕刻,這是因為保護膜920係為了保護而提供。另一方面,藉由在垂直方向上入射於底部區段處之離子自凹槽之底部區段移除保護膜,並藉由自由基蝕刻保護膜已移除之部分。因此,非等向性蝕刻完成。 The first groove portion 810 is formed on the front surface of the substrate by anisotropic etching using the photoresist 900 as an etching mask. In a preferred mode, an induction coupling plasma (ICP) is used as a reactive ion etching (RIE) device. For example, the etching conditions are as follows: 500W inductively coupled plasma (ICP) power; 50W bias power; 3Pa pressure; an etching gas composed of Cl 2 = 150 sccm, BCl 3 = 50 sccm, and C 4 F 8 = 20 sccm; and 20 minute etching time. A protective film 920 is formed on the sidewall of the groove while performing etching by adding a CF-based gas using a known method. Free radicals and ions are generated from the plasma of the reactive gas. Although the sidewall of the groove is only attacked by free radicals, the sidewall is not etched because the protective film 920 is provided for protection. On the other hand, the protective film is removed from the bottom section of the groove by ions incident at the bottom section in the vertical direction, and the removed portion of the protective film is etched by radical etching. Therefore, the anisotropic etching is completed.

接下來,改變蝕刻條件且執行等向性蝕刻。在此情況下,例如,停止用於形成用以保護側壁之保護膜920之C4F8的供應。蝕刻條件如下:500W之感應耦合電漿(ICP)功率;50W之偏壓功率;3Pa之壓力;由Cl2=150sccm及BCl3=50sccm組成之蝕刻氣體;及10分鐘之蝕刻時間。由於C4F8之供應停止,故用於保護側壁之保護膜920不形成。因此,等向性蝕刻在第一凹槽部分810之底部區段處完成。因此,第二凹槽部分820形成在第一凹槽部分810之下。第二凹槽部分820具有球形側面及自第一凹槽部分810之寬度Sa1進一步向旁邊及向下擴展之球形底部面。上述蝕刻條件僅為實例且可視精細凹槽之寬度、深度、形狀等適當地改變。 Next, the etching conditions are changed and isotropic etching is performed. In this case, for example, the supply of C 4 F 8 for forming a protective film 920 to protect the sidewall is stopped. The etching conditions are as follows: 500W inductively coupled plasma (ICP) power; 50W bias power; 3Pa pressure; an etching gas composed of Cl 2 = 150 sccm and BCl 3 = 50 sccm; and an etching time of 10 minutes. Since the supply of C 4 F 8 is stopped, the protective film 920 for protecting the sidewall is not formed. Therefore, isotropic etching is completed at the bottom section of the first groove portion 810. Therefore, the second groove portion 820 is formed under the first groove portion 810. The second groove portion 820 has a spherical side surface and a spherical bottom surface that further expands to the side and downward from the width Sa1 of the first groove portion 810. The above-mentioned etching conditions are merely examples and the width, depth, shape, etc. of the fine grooves may be appropriately changed.

圖27C中所示之此形狀係藉由僅使蝕刻強度在側壁之方向上在形成第二凹槽部分時低於在形成圖27A中所示之第二凹槽部分時而形成。側壁之方向上的蝕刻強度可藉由改變蝕刻條件(諸如蝕刻裝置之輸出及蝕刻氣體之類型)改變。更具體言之,例如,可不完全停 止充當用於保護側壁之氣體之C4F8的供應,但可使氣體之流動速率變得比當形成第一凹槽部分時的流動速率低,或可增加例如充當用於執行蝕刻之氣體之Cl2的流動速率,或可組合此等條件。換言之,在第一凹槽部分形成之情況及第二凹槽部分形成之情況兩者中,儘管供應用於保護側壁之氣體及含於蝕刻氣體中的用於執行蝕刻之氣體兩者,但凹槽部分可僅藉由改變各別流動速率形成。此外,藉由在第一凹槽部分之形成之前預先設定上述流動速率,第一凹槽部分及第二凹槽部分可在一系列連續蝕刻步驟中形成。在第一凹槽部分形成為一形狀(正向楔形形狀)從而自基板之正面至背面變得較窄以抑制黏接層之剩餘部分的情況下,可僅最佳化C4F8及Cl2之流動速率及蝕刻裝置之輸出,或可僅切換流動速率以獲得這樣的形狀。此外,可藉由省略圖27C中所示之第一凹槽部分之形成來形成如圖27D中所示之此形狀。再者,此種蝕刻係作為等向性蝕刻而大致上完成。 This shape shown in FIG. 27C is formed by making the etching strength only in the direction of the side wall when forming the second groove portion is lower than when forming the second groove portion shown in FIG. 27A. The etching strength in the direction of the sidewall can be changed by changing the etching conditions such as the output of the etching device and the type of the etching gas. More specifically, for example, the supply of C 4 F 8 serving as a gas for protecting the side wall may not be completely stopped, but the flow rate of the gas may be made lower than that when the first groove portion is formed, or may be Increasing, for example, the flow rate of Cl 2 serving as a gas for performing etching, or these conditions may be combined. In other words, in both the case where the first groove portion is formed and the case where the second groove portion is formed, although both the gas for protecting the sidewall and the gas for performing etching contained in the etching gas are supplied, the concave The groove portions can be formed only by changing the respective flow rates. In addition, by setting the aforementioned flow rate in advance before the formation of the first groove portion, the first groove portion and the second groove portion may be formed in a series of successive etching steps. In the case where the first groove portion is formed into a shape (forward wedge shape) so as to be narrow from the front surface to the back surface of the substrate to suppress the remaining portion of the adhesive layer, only C 4 F 8 and Cl can be optimized The flow rate of 2 and the output of the etching device may be switched only to obtain such a shape. Further, this shape as shown in FIG. 27D can be formed by omitting the formation of the first groove portion shown in FIG. 27C. It should be noted that such etching is substantially completed as isotropic etching.

儘管上文已描述根據實例的製造精細凹槽之方法,亦可使用其他方法,其條件為可形成第一凹槽部分以及比第一凹槽部分寬之第二凹槽部分。例如,亦可使用乾式蝕刻及濕式蝕刻之組合來形成凹槽部分。此外,不要求第一凹槽部分僅藉由第一蝕刻形成,且不要求第二凹槽部分僅藉由第二蝕刻形成。換言之,若第一蝕刻為用於第一凹槽部分之主要蝕刻,則可包括除第一蝕刻外的蝕刻,且若第二蝕刻為用於第二凹槽部分之主要蝕刻,則可包括除第二蝕刻外的蝕刻。此外,由於可能僅是至少第一凹槽部分及第二凹槽部分需要被形成,例如第三凹槽部分及第四凹槽部分亦可設置於第一凹槽部分與第二凹槽部分之間或比第二凹槽部分之位置更接近基板之背面側的位置處,且此等凹槽部分可藉由第三蝕刻及第四蝕刻來形成。 Although the method of manufacturing a fine groove according to the example has been described above, other methods may be used as long as a first groove portion and a second groove portion wider than the first groove portion can be formed. For example, a combination of dry etching and wet etching may be used to form the groove portion. In addition, the first groove portion is not required to be formed only by the first etching, and the second groove portion is not required to be formed only by the second etching. In other words, if the first etching is the main etching for the first groove portion, it may include etching other than the first etching, and if the second etching is the main etching for the second groove portion, it may include removing Etching outside the second etch. In addition, since only at least the first groove portion and the second groove portion may need to be formed, for example, the third groove portion and the fourth groove portion may also be disposed between the first groove portion and the second groove portion. Occasionally, the position is closer to the back surface side of the substrate than the position of the second groove portion, and these groove portions can be formed by the third etching and the fourth etching.

上文已詳細地描述根據本發明之例示性具體例。每一實例中的「將歸因於正面側上之凹槽寬度與背面側上之凹槽之寬度之間的差異而形成的階梯形區段」不僅包括背面側上之凹槽之寬度比正面側上之凹槽之寬度寬的狀態下的階梯形區段,而且包括在正面側上之凹槽之寬度經形成從而比背面側上之凹槽之寬度寬時(例如,在採用如圖27A至圖27D中之每一者中所示之此凹槽(亦即,正面側上之具有非恆定寬度之凹槽)的情況下)所形成的階梯形區段。此外,每一實例中之「使用具有比正面側上之凹槽之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與正面側上之凹槽連通的背面側上之凹槽」之描述中的「正面側上之凹槽之寬度」為正面側上之凹槽之入口部分的寬度。換言之,「正面側上之凹槽之寬度」係用以清楚地描述用於與完全切晶之情況相比增加可自單一基板獲取之半導體晶片之數目的組構。這是因為可自單一基板獲取之半導體晶片之數目係藉由靠近功能元件形成所在之基板之正面的凹槽之寬度而非在正面側上之凹槽之下的背面側上之凹槽之寬度(亦即,正面側上之凹槽之入口部分之寬度)判定。另一方面,關於頂部區段是否包括或變得遠離正面側上之凹槽之寬度的判斷所需的正面側上之凹槽之寬度係自正面側上之凹槽之底部區段的位置至如較早所描述的切晶刀片之頂部區段到達的位置的最大寬度。此外,本說明書中的斷裂之抑制不限於將剝落、裂開等抑制至剝落、裂開等不能視覺辨識之程度的抑制,但抑制包括用於將斷裂抑制至某一程度的抑制及能夠將斷裂發生之可能性降低之某一程度的抑制。抑制之程度並不重要。 The exemplary embodiment according to the present invention has been described in detail above. The "stepped section due to the difference between the width of the groove on the front side and the width of the groove on the back side" in each example includes not only the width of the groove on the back side than the front side The stepped section in a state where the width of the groove on the side is wide, and also includes when the width of the groove on the front side is formed so as to be wider than the width of the groove on the back side (for example, when using FIG. 27A Up to the stepped section formed by this groove shown in each of FIG. 27D (that is, in the case of a groove having a non-constant width on the front side). In addition, in each example, "the groove on the back side communicating with the groove on the front side is formed using a one-rotation cutting member having a thickness thicker than the width of the groove on the front side" in the description of " The width of the groove on the front side "is the width of the entrance portion of the groove on the front side. In other words, the "width of the groove on the front side" is used to clearly describe the configuration for increasing the number of semiconductor wafers that can be obtained from a single substrate compared to the case of a complete cut. This is because the number of semiconductor wafers that can be obtained from a single substrate is the width of the groove on the front side of the substrate on which the functional element is formed, rather than the width of the groove on the back side below the groove on the front side (Ie, the width of the entrance portion of the groove on the front side). On the other hand, the width of the groove on the front side required for the judgment as to whether the top section includes or becomes away from the width of the groove on the front side is from the position of the bottom section of the groove on the front side to The maximum width at which the top section of the dicing blade reached as described earlier. In addition, the suppression of fracture in the present specification is not limited to the suppression of peeling, cracking, and the like to such an extent that the peeling, cracking, and the like cannot be visually recognized, but the suppression includes the suppression for suppressing the fracture to a certain degree and the ability to crack. A certain degree of suppression that reduces the likelihood of occurrence. The degree of suppression is not important.

上文參看圖17已描述的設計切晶刀片之尖端形狀之方法亦可描述如下。也就是說,該方法為一種製造半導體晶片之方法, 其具備自一基板之背面側使用具有比正面側上之凹槽之寬度厚的一厚度之一旋轉切割構件形成與該正面側上之該等凹槽連通的該背面側上之凹槽且將該基板切晶成具有由於該正面側上之該等凹槽之寬度與該背面側上之該等凹槽之寬度之間的差異而形成之階梯形區段的半導體晶片的一步驟,其中該製程為如下製程,其中:使用具有具用於具有將在大批生產過程中採用之形狀的正面側上之凹槽的不同漸縮程度之複數個尖端形狀的切晶刀片來形成背面側上之凹槽,且在作為背面側上之凹槽之形成的結果,階梯形區段由於尖端形狀之小漸縮程度而斷裂的第一漸縮程度範圍及漸縮程度大於第一漸縮程度範圍中之漸縮程度且階梯形區段不斷裂的第二漸縮程度範圍兩者存在之情況下,藉由在大批生產過程中使用具有包括於第二漸縮程度範圍中之漸縮程度的切割構件來形成背面側上之凹槽。 The method of designing the tip shape of the dicing blade as described above with reference to FIG. 17 can also be described as follows. That is, this method is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, It is provided with a rotary cutting member having a thickness that is thicker than the width of the grooves on the front side from the back side of a substrate to form grooves on the back side that communicate with the grooves on the front side and A step of dicing the substrate into a semiconductor wafer having a stepped section formed due to a difference between the width of the grooves on the front side and the width of the grooves on the back side, wherein the step The process is a process in which a recess on the back side is formed using a plurality of tip-shaped dicing blades having different tapering degrees for grooves on the front side having a shape to be adopted in a mass production process. Groove, and as a result of the formation of grooves on the back side, the first tapered degree range and the tapered degree of the stepped section being broken due to the small tapered degree of the tip shape are larger than those in the first tapered degree range In the case where both the second tapered degree range of the tapered degree and the stepped section does not break, by using a cutting structure having a tapered degree included in the second tapered degree range in a mass production process, The grooves are formed on the back surface side.

此外,本發明不限於特定例示性實施例,但可在申請專利範圍中所描述的本發明之要旨之範疇內不同地修改且改變。例如,本發明亦可應用於元件自不含半導體的由玻璃、聚合物等製成之基板個別化的情況。例如,本發明亦可應用於基板以用於不含半導體之MEMS。此外,只要順序上不存在矛盾,本發明之例示性具體例中之各別步驟中的至少一些可在大批生產過程中在設計階段中執行,或所有該等步驟可作為大批生產過程之部分執行。再此外,根據本發明之例示性具體例之各別步驟可由複數個實體(其他人)執行。例如,第一實體形成基板之正面側上之凹槽,第一實體將基板(其中正面側上之凹槽已形成)供應至第二實體,藉此製備基板,且第二實體形成已製備基板之背面側上之凹槽且接著將基板切晶(分割)。換言之,第一實體可製備基板(其中正面側上之凹槽已形成)或第二實體本身可製備基板。 In addition, the present invention is not limited to the specific exemplary embodiments, but may be variously modified and changed within the scope of the gist of the present invention described in the scope of the patent application. For example, the present invention can also be applied to a case where the element is individualized from a substrate made of glass, polymer, or the like that does not contain a semiconductor. For example, the present invention can also be applied to a substrate for a semiconductor-free MEMS. In addition, as long as there is no contradiction in order, at least some of the individual steps in the exemplary embodiment of the present invention may be performed in the design phase during mass production, or all such steps may be performed as part of the mass production process. . Furthermore, the respective steps according to the exemplary embodiment of the present invention may be performed by a plurality of entities (others). For example, the first entity forms a groove on the front side of the substrate, the first entity supplies the substrate (where the groove on the front side has been formed) to the second entity, thereby preparing a substrate, and the second entity forms a prepared substrate Groove on the back side and then the substrate is cut (divided). In other words, the first entity can prepare a substrate (where a groove on the front side has been formed) or the second entity itself can prepare a substrate.

Claims (11)

一種製造半導體晶片之方法,包含:在一基板之一正面側上形成第一凹槽;藉由使用一旋轉的切割構件在該基板之一背面側上形成第二凹槽,該切割構件具有一尖端區段,該尖端區段具有比每個該等第一溝槽之寬度更寬的一切割寬度,該等第二凹槽分別向該等第一凹槽打開;將該基板切晶成具有階梯形區段之半導體晶片,該等階梯形區段係由於該等第一凹槽與該等第二凹槽之寬度間的差異而形成;在形成該等第二凹槽之前,預先處理一未經處理之尖端區段而形成該尖端區段,該尖端區段具有不使該等階梯形區段斷裂之一第一漸縮程度,且該未經處理之尖端區段具有使該等階梯形區段斷裂之一第二漸縮程度。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, comprising: forming a first groove on a front side of a substrate; and forming a second groove on a back side of the substrate by using a rotating cutting member, the cutting member having a A tip section having a cutting width wider than a width of each of the first grooves, and the second grooves are respectively opened to the first grooves; A stepped section of a semiconductor wafer, the stepped sections are formed due to the difference between the widths of the first grooves and the second grooves; before forming the second grooves, pre-treat a The untreated tip section forms the tip section, the tip section has a first degree of tapering that does not break the stepped sections, and the untreated tip section has the stepped One of the second degree of tapered section fracture. 如請求項1之製造半導體晶片之方法,其中,該等第一凹槽係藉由乾式蝕刻而形成。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer as claimed in claim 1, wherein the first grooves are formed by dry etching. 如請求項1之製造半導體晶片之方法,其中,該切割構件係一切晶刀片。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer as claimed in claim 1, wherein the cutting member is a crystal blade. 一種製造半導體晶片之方法,包含:在一基板之一正面側上形成第一凹槽;藉由使用一旋轉的切割構件在該基板之一背面側上形成第二凹槽,該切割構件具有經處理之一尖端區段,該尖端區段具有比每個該等第一溝槽之寬度更寬的一切割寬度,該等第二凹槽分別向該等第一凹槽打開;將該基板切晶成具有階梯形區段之半導體晶片,該等階梯形區段係由於該等第一凹槽與該等第二凹槽之寬度間的差異而形成; 在形成該等第二凹槽之前,預先處理一未經處理之尖端區段而形成該尖端區段,經處理之該尖端區段係藉由使該未經處理之尖端區段漸縮而形成,藉此使經處理之該尖端區段被形成為具有一漸縮程度,該漸縮程度對該階梯形區段之根區域施加之應力小於使該階梯形區段斷裂之一屈服應力,且該未經處理之尖端區段對該等根區域施加之應力不小於使該階梯形區段斷裂之該屈服應力。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, comprising: forming a first groove on a front side of a substrate; and forming a second groove on a back side of the substrate by using a rotating cutting member having a warp Processing a tip section having a cutting width wider than the width of each of the first grooves, and the second grooves are opened to the first grooves respectively; Crystallized into a semiconductor wafer with stepped sections, which are formed due to the difference between the widths of the first grooves and the second grooves; Before forming the second grooves, an untreated tip section is pre-processed to form the tip section, and the processed tip section is formed by tapering the untreated tip section. , So that the processed tip section is formed to have a tapering degree, the taper degree exerts less stress on the root region of the stepped section than a yield stress that breaks the stepped section, and The stress applied to the root regions by the untreated tip section is not less than the yield stress that fractures the stepped section. 如請求項4之製造半導體晶片之方法,其中,所述預先處理之步驟包括使該未經處理之切割構件相較於具有半圓形尖端區段之一切割構件更為漸縮。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer as claimed in claim 4, wherein the pre-processing step includes making the untreated cutting member more tapered than a cutting member having a semicircular tip section. 如請求項4之製造半導體晶片之方法,其中,所述預先處理之步驟包括處理該未經處理之尖端區段使其成為一楔形尖端形狀,該楔形尖端形狀在其頂部區段不具有頂面,且該頂部區段的位置在該等第一凹槽之一寬度方向上係在該等第一凹槽的範圍內。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer as claimed in claim 4, wherein said pre-processing step includes processing the untreated tip section into a wedge-shaped tip shape which does not have a top surface on its top section And the position of the top section is within the range of the first grooves in a width direction of the first grooves. 如請求項4之製造半導體晶片之方法,其中,該切割寬度之中心係在該等第一凹槽的範圍內。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer according to claim 4, wherein the center of the cutting width is within the range of the first grooves. 如請求項4之製造半導體晶片之方法,該方法進一步包含:製備自旋轉方向看時截面具有實質上矩形形狀之切割構件;以及當使用所製備的該切割構件在該背面側上形成該等第二凹槽時,確認該等階梯形區段之斷裂的狀態,其中當所製備的該切割構件使一階梯形區段斷裂時,進行所述預先處理的步驟。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer as claimed in claim 4, the method further comprising: preparing a cutting member having a substantially rectangular shape in section when viewed from the direction of rotation; and forming the first and second cutting members on the back surface side using the prepared cutting member When there are two grooves, the state of fracture of the stepped sections is confirmed, wherein when the prepared cutting member breaks a stepped section, the pre-processing step is performed. 一種製造半導體晶片之方法,包含:在一基板之一正面側上形成第一凹槽;藉由使用一旋轉的切割構件在該基板之一背面側上形成第二凹槽,該切割構件具有一尖端區段,該尖端區段具有比每個該等第一溝槽之寬度更寬的一切割寬度,該等第二凹槽分別向該等第一凹槽打開;將該基板切晶成具有階梯形區段之半導體晶片,該等階梯形區段係由於該等第一凹槽與該等第二凹槽之寬度間的差異而形成;在形成該等第二凹槽之前,預先處理一未經處理之尖端區段而形成該尖端區段,該未經處理之尖端區段具有一漸縮程度以形成該未經處理之尖端區段的一頂部區段,該頂部區段施加使該階梯形區段斷裂之一最大應力,其中使該未經處理之尖端區段之該漸縮程度變得較小,從而使該切割構件具有一漸縮程度以形成該切割構件的一頂部區段,該頂部區段施加不會使該階梯形區段斷裂之一最大應力。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, comprising: forming a first groove on a front side of a substrate; and forming a second groove on a back side of the substrate by using a rotating cutting member, the cutting member having a A tip section having a cutting width wider than a width of each of the first grooves, and the second grooves are respectively opened to the first grooves; A stepped section of a semiconductor wafer, the stepped sections are formed due to the difference between the widths of the first grooves and the second grooves; before forming the second grooves, pre-treat a The untreated tip section forms the tip section, the untreated tip section has a degree of tapering to form a top section of the untreated tip section, and the top section applies the One of the maximum stresses of the stepped section fracture, wherein the degree of tapering of the untreated tip section is made smaller, so that the cutting member has a degree of tapering to form a top section of the cutting member , The top section applies no So that one of said stepped sections maximum breaking stress. 如請求項9之製造半導體晶片之方法,其中,所述預先處理之步驟係在一製造條件中進行,在該製造條件中該切割構件之該頂部區段的位置在該等第一凹槽之一寬度方向上係不被包括在該等第一凹槽的範圍內。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer as claimed in claim 9, wherein the pre-processing step is performed in a manufacturing condition in which the position of the top section of the cutting member is in the first groove A width direction is not included in the range of the first grooves. 如請求項9之製造半導體晶片之方法,該方法進一步包含:確認一狀況之有無,在該狀況中該切割構件之該頂部區段的位置在該等第一凹槽之一寬度方向上係不被包括在該等第一凹槽的範圍內,其中所述預先處理之步驟係在一製造條件中進行,在該製造條件中該位置係不被包括在該等第一凹槽的範圍內。 If the method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer according to claim 9, the method further comprises: confirming the presence or absence of a condition in which the position of the top section of the cutting member is not in a width direction of one of the first grooves Is included in the scope of the first grooves, wherein the pre-processing step is performed in a manufacturing condition in which the position is not included in the scope of the first grooves.
TW106109327A 2014-11-10 2015-11-06 Method of manufacturing semiconductor chips TWI597768B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014227665A JP5773050B1 (en) 2014-11-10 2014-11-10 Manufacturing method of semiconductor piece
JP2014-227664 2014-11-10
JP2014-227665 2014-11-10
JP2014227664A JP5773049B1 (en) 2014-11-10 2014-11-10 Manufacturing method of semiconductor piece
JP2014237293A JP2016096321A (en) 2014-11-10 2014-11-25 Semiconductor chip manufacturing condition setting method, and manufacturing method and manufacturing system of semiconductor chip
JP2014-237293 2014-11-25

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI597768B TWI597768B (en) 2017-09-01
TW201810397A true TW201810397A (en) 2018-03-16

Family

ID=56113485

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104136678A TWI585836B (en) 2014-11-10 2015-11-06 Method of manufacturing semiconductor chips
TW106109327A TWI597768B (en) 2014-11-10 2015-11-06 Method of manufacturing semiconductor chips

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104136678A TWI585836B (en) 2014-11-10 2015-11-06 Method of manufacturing semiconductor chips

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20160055711A (en)
TW (2) TWI585836B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI844262B (en) 2023-02-10 2024-06-01 強茂股份有限公司 Wafer-level package with peripheral wall protection and manufacturing method thereof

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003124151A (en) * 2001-10-17 2003-04-25 Disco Abrasive Syst Ltd Dicing method of sapphire substrate
JP2009088252A (en) * 2007-09-28 2009-04-23 Sharp Corp Method for dicing wafer, and semiconductor chip
JP5717571B2 (en) * 2011-07-25 2015-05-13 株式会社ディスコ Cutting equipment
JP5757831B2 (en) * 2011-09-14 2015-08-05 株式会社ディスコ Cutting blade tip shape detection method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI844262B (en) 2023-02-10 2024-06-01 強茂股份有限公司 Wafer-level package with peripheral wall protection and manufacturing method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI585836B (en) 2017-06-01
TWI597768B (en) 2017-09-01
TW201624553A (en) 2016-07-01
KR20160055711A (en) 2016-05-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9673351B2 (en) Method of manufacturing semiconductor chips
JP6281699B2 (en) Semiconductor piece manufacturing method, circuit board and electronic device including semiconductor piece, and substrate dicing method
US9673080B2 (en) Semiconductor piece manufacturing method
US9589812B2 (en) Fabrication method of semiconductor piece
TWI622096B (en) Fabrication method of semiconductor piece
JP6269319B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor piece
JP5773049B1 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor piece
TW201810397A (en) Method of manufacturing semiconductor chips
JP5773050B1 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor piece
JP2016096321A (en) Semiconductor chip manufacturing condition setting method, and manufacturing method and manufacturing system of semiconductor chip